Document:

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

HORIZON FUNDING 2013-1 LLC,

as the Trust Depositor

 

and

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,

as the Owner Trustee

 

Dated as of June 28, 2013

 

 

 

Horizon Funding Trust
2013-1

Asset-Backed
Notes

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Table
of Contents

 

	 	Page
	 	 
	ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS	1
	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.01	 	Definitions	1
	Section 1.02	 	Other Terms	3
	Section 1.03	 	Computation of Time Periods	4
	Section 1.04	 	Interpretation	4
	Section 1.05	 	References	4
	Section 1.06	 	Calculations	5
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION	5
	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.01	 	Name	5
	Section 2.02	 	Office	5
	Section 2.03	 	Purposes and Powers	5
	Section 2.04	 	Appointment of Owner Trustee	6
	Section 2.05	 	Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate	7
	Section 2.06	 	Declaration of Trust	7
	Section 2.07	 	Liability of the Certificateholders	7
	Section 2.08	 	Title to Trust Property	7
	Section 2.09	 	Situs of Trust	7
	Section 2.10	 	Representations and Warranties of the Trust Depositor	8
	Section 2.11	 	Federal Income Tax Allocations	9
	Section 2.12	 	Covenant of Certificateholders	10
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III TRUST CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTERESTS	11
	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.01	 	Initial Ownership	11
	Section 3.02	 	The Trust Certificates	11
	Section 3.03	 	Authentication of Trust Certificates	11
	Section 3.04	 	Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Trust Certificates	12
	Section 3.05	 	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust Certificates	12
	Section 3.06	 	Persons Deemed Owners	13
	Section 3.07	 	Access to List of Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses	13
	Section 3.08	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	13
	Section 3.09	 	Appointment of Trustee as Paying Agent	14
	Section 3.10	 	Transfer Restrictions	14
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE	17
	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.01	 	Prior Notice to and Consent by Certificateholders with Respect to Certain Matters	17
	Section 4.02	 	Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Bankruptcy	18
	Section 4.03	 	Restrictions on Certificateholders’ Power	19
	Section 4.04	 	Majority Control	19

 

    	-i-

    	 

    

 

Table
of Contents

(continued)

 

	 	Page
	 	 
	ARTICLE V APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES	19
	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.01	 	Establishment of Trust Account	19
	Section 5.02	 	Application of Trust Funds	20
	Section 5.03	 	Method of Payment	20
	Section 5.04	 	No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest	21
	Section 5.05	 	Accounting and Reports to the Certificateholders, the Internal Revenue Service and Others	21
	Section 5.06	 	Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner	21
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VI AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE	22
	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.01	 	General Authority	22
	Section 6.02	 	General Duties	22
	Section 6.03	 	Action upon Instruction	22
	Section 6.04	 	No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions	24
	Section 6.05	 	Restrictions	24
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE	24
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.01	 	Acceptance of Trusts and Duties	24
	Section 7.02	 	Furnishing of Documents	26
	Section 7.03	 	Representations and Warranties	26
	Section 7.04	 	Reliance; Advice of Counsel	27
	Section 7.05	 	Not Acting in Individual Capacity	27
	Section 7.06	 	Owner Trustee Not Liable for Trust Certificates or Loans	28
	Section 7.07	 	Owner Trustee May Own Trust Certificates and Notes	28
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE	28
	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.01	 	Owner Trustee’s Fees and Expenses	28
	Section 8.02	 	Indemnification	29
	Section 8.03	 	Payments to the Owner Trustee	29
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT	29
	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.01	 	Termination of Trust Agreement	29
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE X SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES	31
	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.01	 	Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee	31
	Section 10.02	 	Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee	31
	Section 10.03	 	Successor Owner Trustee	32
	Section 10.04	 	Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee	32
	Section 10.05	 	Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee	33

 

    	-ii-

    	 

    

 

Table
of Contents

(continued)

 

	 	Page
	 	 
	ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS	34
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.01	 	Supplements and Amendments	34
	Section 11.02	 	No Legal Title to Trust Estate in Certificateholders	35
	Section 11.03	 	Limitations on Rights of Others	35
	Section 11.04	 	Notices	36
	Section 11.05	 	Severability	36
	Section 11.06	 	Separate Counterparts	36
	Section 11.07	 	Successors and Assigns	36
	Section 11.08	 	No Petition	37
	Section 11.09	 	No Recourse	37
	Section 11.10	 	Headings	37
	Section 11.11	 	GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	38
	Section 11.12	 	Termination of Original Trust Agreement	38

 

    	-iii-

    	 

    

 

EXHIBITS

 

	Exhibit A	Form of Trust Certificate (Physical)	A
	Exhibit B	Form of Certificate of Trust	B
	Exhibit C	Form of Purchaser’s Representation and Warranty Letter	C

 

    	-iv-

    	 

    

 

TRUST AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED
TRUST AGREEMENT (such agreement as amended, modified, waived, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Trust Agreement”
or this “Agreement”), dated as of June 28, 2013, is between HORIZON FUNDING 2013-1 LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as trust depositor (the “Trust Depositor”), and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national
banking association (in its individual capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Trust Company”),
as owner trustee (solely in such capacity, the “Owner Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Trust
Depositor and the Owner Trustee have heretofore established a trust known as the Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1 (the “Trust”)
pursuant to the Trust Agreement dated as of June 18, 2013 (the “Original Trust Agreement”) and the Certificate
of Trust (as defined below); and

 

WHEREAS, the Trust
Depositor desires to continue the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trust
Depositor desires to retain the Owner Trustee as the trustee of the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, the Owner
Trustee is willing to continue to serve as trustee of the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS, each of the
Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee consents to the amendment and restatement on the Original Trust Agreement pursuant to this
Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, based
upon the above recitals, the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE
I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section
1.01         Definitions.

 

For all purposes of
this Trust Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided below or unless the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms
used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as
of June 28, 2013 (the “Sale and Servicing Agreement”), among Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1, as the Issuer, Horizon
Funding 2013-1 LLC, as the Trust Depositor, Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, as the Seller and as the Servicer and U.S.
Bank National Association, as the Trustee and the Backup Servicer, which capitalized terms are incorporated by reference herein.
All other capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified herein or below.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

“Agreement” shall have
the meaning given to such term in the Preamble of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Bankruptcy Action”
shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

 

“Benefit Plan” shall
have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.10(b) of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Capital Account” shall
have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.10(d).

 

“Certificate Account”
shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 5.01(a) of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Certificate Register”
shall mean the Certificate Register established and maintained in accordance with this Trust Agreement.

 

“Certificate Registrar”
shall mean, initially, the Trustee, and thereafter, any successor appointed pursuant to this Trust Agreement.

 

“Certificate of Trust”
shall mean a certificate of trust duly executed in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

“Corporate Trust Office”
means in the case of Owner Trustee: Wilmington Trust, National Association, Rodney Square North, 1100 Market Street, Wilmington,
Delaware 19890, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration and in the case of the Trustee/Certificate Registrar: (i) for the purposes
of transfers of Certificates, U.S. Bank National Association, 60 Livingston Avenue, EP-MN-WS3D, St. Paul, MN 55107, Attention:
Bond Drop Window, facsimile no. (866) 831-7910, and (ii) for all other purposes, 190 S. LaSalle Street, 7th Floor, Chicago,
IL 60603, facsimile no. 312-332-7996, or at such other address as the Owner Trustee or the Trustee may designate from time to time
by notice to the Trust Depositor.

 

“Expenses” shall have
the meaning given to such term in Section 8.02 of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Fiscal Year” shall
have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.10(e).

 

“Indemnified Parties”
shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 8.02 of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Majority Certificateholders”
means the Holder or Holders of Trust Certificates evidencing an aggregate Percentage Interest in excess of 50%.

 

“Original Trust Agreement”
shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Owner Trustee” shall
have the meaning given to such term in the Preamble of this Trust Agreement.

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

“Percentage Interest”
shall mean with respect to a Trust Certificate, the percentage set forth on the face thereof.

 

“QIBs” shall have the
meaning given to such term in Section 3.10 of this Trust Agreement.

 

“S&P” means Standard
& Poor’s Financial Services LLC.

 

“Sale and Servicing Agreement”
shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 1.01 of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Secretary of State”
shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.

 

“Transfer” shall have
the meaning given to such term in Section 3.10(d) of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Treasury
Regulations” or “Treas. Regs” shall mean regulations, including proposed or temporary
regulations, promulgated under the Code. All references herein to specific provisions of proposed or temporary Treasury
Regulations shall include analogous provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor Treasury Regulations.

 

“Trust” shall have the
meaning given to such term in the recitals of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Trust Agreement” shall
have the meaning given to such term in the Preamble of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Trust Certificate”
shall mean a trust certificate representing a beneficial interest in the Trust executed and authenticated in the form of Exhibit
A attached hereto.

 

“Trust Company” shall
have the meaning given to such term in the Preamble of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Trust Depositor” shall
have the meaning given to such term in the Preamble of this Trust Agreement.

 

“Trust Estate” shall
mean all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the Loan Assets and all other property and rights assigned to the Trust
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time in the Transaction Accounts and the Certificate
Account, and all other property of the Trust from time to time, including any rights of the Owner Trustee and the Trust pursuant
to the Transaction Documents.

 

Section
1.02         Other Terms.

 

All accounting terms
used but not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States. The symbol “$” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America. All terms used in Article 9
of the UCC in the State of Delaware, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9.

 

    	3

    	 

    

 

Section
1.03         Computation of Time Periods.

 

Unless otherwise stated
in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from”
means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”,
and the word “within” means “from and excluding a specified date and to and including a later specified date”.

 

Section
1.04         Interpretation.

 

In this Agreement,
unless a contrary intention appears:

 

(i)          the
singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

 

(ii)         reference
to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted
by the Transaction Documents;

 

(iii)        reference
to any gender includes each other gender;

 

(iv)        reference
to day or days without further qualification means calendar days;

 

(v)         unless
otherwise stated, reference to any time means New York, New York time;

 

(vi)        references
to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography, electronic or other means of reproducing words in a visible form;

 

(vii)       reference
to any agreement (including any Transaction Document), document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended,
modified, supplemented, replaced, restated, waived or extended and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof
and, if applicable, the terms of the other Transaction Documents, and reference to any promissory note includes any promissory
note that is an extension or renewal thereof or a substitute or replacement therefor; and

 

(viii)      reference
to any Applicable Law means such Applicable Law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted, in whole or in part, and
in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and reference to any Section or other provision
of any Applicable Law means that provision of such Applicable Law from time to time in effect and constituting the substantive
amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment of such Section or other provision.

 

Section
1.05         References.

 

All Section references
(including references to the Preamble), unless otherwise indicated, shall be to Sections (and the Preamble)
in this Agreement.

 

    	4

    	 

    

 

Section
1.06         Calculations.

 

Except as otherwise
provided herein, all interest rate and basis point calculations hereunder will be made on the basis of a 360 day year consisting
of twelve 30-day months and will be carried out to at least three decimal places.

 

ARTICLE
II

ORGANIZATION

 

Section
2.01         Name.

 

The Trust created and
continued hereby shall be known as the “Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1,” in which name the Trust shall have power and
authority and is hereby authorized and empowered, without the need for further action on the part of the Trust, and the Owner Trustee
shall have power and authority, and is hereby authorized and empowered, to conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute
contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

 

Section
2.02         Office.

 

The office of the Trust
shall be in care of the Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address in the State of Delaware as the Owner
Trustee may designate by written notice to the Certificateholders and the Trust Depositor. The Trust shall constitute a statutory
trust within the meaning of Section 3801(g) of the Statutory Trust Statute for which the Owner Trustee has filed a Certificate
of Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) pursuant to Section 3810(a)
of the Statutory Trust Statute. The execution and filing of the Certificate of Trust by the Owner Trustee is hereby ratified, authorized,
and approved. The Owner Trustee shall have power and authority, and is hereby authorized and empowered, to execute and file with
the Secretary of State any other certificate required or permitted under the Statutory Trust Statute to be filed with the Secretary
of State. It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Trust Agreement constitute the governing instrument of such statutory
trust.

 

Section
2.03         Purposes and Powers.

 

The purpose of the
Trust is, and the Trust shall have the power and authority and is hereby authorized and empowered, without the need for further
action on the part of the Trust, and the Owner Trustee shall have power and authority, and is hereby authorized and empowered (but
shall not be obligated), in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to do or cause to be done all acts and things necessary, appropriate
or convenient to cause the Trust, to engage in the following activities:

 

(a)          to
execute, authenticate, deliver, and issue from time to time the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Trust Certificates pursuant
to this Trust Agreement and, if applicable, a supplement hereto, and to sell the Notes and to transfer the Trust Certificates pursuant
to such agreements and the other Transaction Documents;

 

    	5

    	 

    

 

(b)          with
the proceeds of the sale of the Notes, to purchase the Initial Loans, to pay the organizational, start-up and transactional expenses
of the Trust and to fund the Transaction Accounts then permitted or required to be funded pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement
or the Indenture;

 

(c)          as
permitted under the Transaction Documents, to purchase, acquire, own, hold, receive, manage, exercise rights and remedies with
respect to, sell, transfer and dispose of, the Trust Estate or any portion thereof as well as any permitted Trust subsidiary;

 

(d)          to
assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage, convey and grant a security interest in the Trust Estate pursuant to the Indenture and
to hold, manage, transfer and distribute to the Certificateholders pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement and the Sale and
Servicing Agreement any portion of the Trust Estate released from the lien of, and remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture;

 

(e)          to
enter into, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is to be a party and to exercise
its rights and remedies thereunder;

 

(f)          subject
to compliance with the Transaction Documents, to engage in such other activities as may be required in connection with the conservation
of the Trust Estate and the making of distributions to the Certificateholders, the Noteholders and others specified in the Transaction
Documents; and

 

(g)          to
engage in those activities, including entering into agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing
or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.

 

The Trust is hereby authorized to engage
in the foregoing activities. The Trust shall not engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other than
as required or authorized by the terms of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents. Nothing contained herein shall be
deemed to authorize the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust to engage in any other business operations or any activities other
than those set forth in this Section 2.03. Specifically, the Owner Trustee shall have no authority on behalf of the
Trust to engage in any business operations, or acquire any assets other than those specifically included in the Trust Estate from
time to time in accordance with the Transaction Documents. The Owner Trustee shall have no discretionary duties hereunder. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, the Trust may hold the Notes prior to their sale by the Initial Purchaser.

 

Section
2.04         Appointment of Owner Trustee.

 

The Trust Depositor
hereby appoints the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties
set forth herein, and the Owner Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.

 

    	6

    	 

    

 

Section
2.05         Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate.

 

The Trust Depositor
hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Owner Trustee, as of the date hereof, the sum of ten dollars ($10.00).
The Owner Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt from the Trust Depositor, as of the date hereof, of the foregoing contribution, which
shall constitute the initial Trust Estate (prior to giving effect to the conveyances described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement)
and shall be deposited in the Certificate Account. The Trust Depositor shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may
arise or shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee, promptly reimburse the Owner Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Owner
Trustee.

 

Section
2.06         Declaration of Trust.

 

The Owner Trustee hereby
declares that it will hold the Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit
of the Certificateholders, subject to the obligations of the Trust under the Transaction Documents. It is the intention of the
parties hereto that the Trust constitute a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Statute and that this Trust Agreement constitute
the governing instrument of such statutory trust. It is the intention of the parties hereto that, solely for federal income tax
purposes, the Trust shall be treated as set forth in Section 2.11 of this Agreement. The parties agree that, unless otherwise
required by appropriate tax authorities, the Trust will file or cause to be filed annual or other necessary returns, reports and
other forms consistent with the characterization of the Trust as set forth in Section 2.11 of this Agreement. Effective
as of the date hereof, the Owner Trustee shall have all rights, powers and authority set forth herein and in the Statutory Trust
Statute with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust.

 

Section
2.07         Liability of the Certificateholders.

 

No Certificateholder
shall have any personal liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust.

 

Section
2.08         Title to Trust Property.

 

Legal title to all
of the Trust Estate shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity except where Applicable Law in any jurisdiction
requires title to any part of the Trust Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title shall be deemed to be
vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate trustee, as the case may be. If any portion of the Trust Estate is
deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate trustee, (a) the Trust Depositor, upon having actual knowledge
thereof, will immediately notify the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Servicer and (b) the Servicer will cause to be filed such
UCC financing statements and related filings, documents or writings as are necessary (or as shall be reasonably requested by the
Trustee) to maintain the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral under the Indenture.

 

Section
2.09         Situs of Trust.

 

All bank accounts maintained
by the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of Delaware or such other state in which
the Corporate Trust Office of the Owner Trustee or the Trustee may be located. The Trust shall not have any employees in any state
other than Delaware; provided that nothing herein shall restrict or prohibit the Owner Trustee from having employees within
or without the State of Delaware. Payments will be received by the Trust only in Delaware or such other state in which the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee may be located, and payments will be made by the Trust only from Delaware or such other state in which
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee may be located. The only office of the Trust will be at the Corporate Trust Office in
Delaware.

 

    	7

    	 

    

 

Section
2.10         Representations and Warranties of the Trust Depositor.

 

The Trust Depositor
hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee that:

 

(a)          The
Trust Depositor is duly organized and validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State
of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned
and such business is presently conducted.

 

(b)          The
Trust Depositor has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms. The Trust Depositor
has full power and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Trust and the Trust
Depositor has duly authorized such sale and assignment and deposit to the Trust by all necessary limited liability company action.

 

(c)          The
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Trust Depositor by all necessary limited
liability company action.

 

(d)          This
Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust Depositor enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject
to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and subject
to general principles of equity.

 

(e)          The
execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party by the Trust
Depositor, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not violate any material Applicable Law
applicable to the Trust Depositor, or constitute a material breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which
the Trust Depositor is a party or by which the Trust Depositor or any of the Trust Depositor’s properties may be bound, or
result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference, equity or encumbrance of any kind
upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement, other than as contemplated
by the Transaction Documents.

 

(f)          To
the Trust Depositor’s best knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending, or to the Trust Depositor’s
knowledge threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction
over the Trust Depositor or its properties: (A) asserting the invalidity of this Trust Agreement, (B) seeking to prevent
the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Trust Agreement or (C) seeking any determination or ruling
that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Trust Depositor of its obligations under, or the validity or
enforceability of, this Trust Agreement.

 

    	8

    	 

    

 

Section
2.11         Federal Income Tax Allocations.

 

(a)          It
is the intent of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer and the Certificateholders that, (i) in the event that the Trust Certificates
are owned by a single Holder for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Trust will be treated as disregarded as an entity separate
from such Holder, and such Holder, by acceptance of the Trust Certificates, agrees to take no action inconsistent with such treatment
and (ii) in the event that the Trust Certificates are owned by more than one Holder for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
the Trust will be treated as a partnership, other than a publicly traded partnership, the partners of which are the Certificateholders,
and the Certificateholders, by acceptance of a Trust Certificate agree to treat the Trust Certificates as equity and to take no
action inconsistent with such treatment.

 

(b)          Neither
the Owner Trustee nor any Certificateholder will, under any circumstances, and at any time, make an election on IRS Form 8832 or
otherwise, or take any action that would cause the Trust to be treated as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable
as a corporation for federal, state and local tax purposes.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to each financial year (or portion thereof) in which the Trust is classified
as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) a capital account (“Capital Account”) will be maintained
by the Trust for each Certificateholder and all items of income, deduction, gain, loss or credit will be allocated to such capital
accounts in a manner consistent with section 704 of the Code, and (ii) without limiting the foregoing, upon liquidation of the
Trust or at such time as a Certificateholder ceases to hold any Certificates in the Trust, liquidating distributions will be made
in accordance with the Capital Account balances of the Certificateholders (as determined after taking into account all required
Capital Account adjustments for the financial year during which such liquidation occurs) by the later of the end of the financial
year or, the date which is 90 days after the date of such liquidation. The provisions of this Section relating to Capital Accounts
are intended to comply with such provisions and related provisions issued with respect to section 704 of the Code and shall be
interpreted consistently therewith. The Trust shall have the authority to make such adjustments to the Certificateholder’s
Capital Accounts as may be required to cause the allocations made by the Trust to comply with such provisions.

 

    	9

    	 

    

 

(d)          With
respect to each financial year (or portion thereof) in which the Trust is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, at least once each taxable year of the Trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as determined under Code section 706,
a “Fiscal Year”), after adjusting each Certificateholder’s Capital Account for all contributions and distributions
with respect to such Fiscal Year, the Trust shall allocate all profits and losses and items thereof in the following order of priority:
(i) first, profits and losses and items thereof shall be allocated in the manner and to the extent provided by (A) Treas. Regs.
§1.704-1(b)(4), (B) Treas. Regs. §1.704-1(b)(2) (to comply with the substantial economic effect safe harbors), including,
without limitation, Treas. Regs. §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) (flush language) (the “qualified income offset”) and Treas.
Regs. §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (capital accounting requirements), (C) Treas. Regs. §1.704-2, including, without limitation,
Treas. Regs. §§1.704-2(e) (provided that allocations pursuant to Treas. Regs. §1.704-2(e) shall be made to the Certificateholders
pro rata in accordance with the capital each Certificateholder has contributed to the Trust), 1.704-2(i)(2), and 1.704-2(i)(4);
and (ii) all remaining profits and losses and items thereof shall be allocated to the Certificateholders’ Capital Accounts
in a manner such that, after such allocations have been made, the balance of each Certificateholder’s Capital Account (which
may be a positive, negative, or zero balance) shall equal (A) the amount that would be distributed to such Certificateholder, determined
as if the Trust were to sell all of its assets for the section 704(b) Book Value (as defined below) thereof and distribute the
proceeds thereof (net of any sales commissions and other similar transaction fees and payments required to be made to creditors)
pursuant to the relevant legal documents setting forth such distributions, minus (B) the sum of (I) such Certificateholder’s
share of the “partnership minimum gain” (as determined under Treas. Regs. §§1.704-2(d) and (g)(3)) and “partner
minimum gain” (as determined under Treas. Regs. §1.704-2(i)), and (II) the amount, if any, that such Certificateholder
is obligated (or is deemed for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be obligated) to contribute, in its capacity as a Certificateholder,
to the capital of the Trust as of the last day of such Fiscal Year. The term “section 704(b) Book Value” means, with
respect to any Trust property, the Trust's adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect
the adjustments required or permitted by Treas. Regs. §§1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d) through (g), provided that on the date of
the contribution of an asset to the Trust, the section 704(b) Book Value of any asset contributed to the Trust shall be equal to
the fair market value of such asset on the date of such contribution, and (iii) the term “profits and losses” shall
mean the items of profit and loss of the Trust (including separately stated items) as computed under Treas. Regs. §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

 

(e)          With
respect to each financial year (or portion thereof) in which the Trust is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, except as provided in the following provisions of this Section 2.11(e), each item of taxable income, gain, loss, deduction,
or credit shall be allocated in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” items allocated pursuant to Section
2.11(d). In accordance with section 704(c)(1)(A) of the Code (and the principles thereof) and Treas. Regs. §1.704-3, income,
gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Trust, or after Trust property has been
revalued under Treas. Regs. §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), shall, solely for U.S. federal, state and local tax purposes, be allocated
among the Certificateholders so as to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such Trust property to the
Trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes and its value as so determined at the time of the contribution or revaluation of Trust
property.

 

Section
2.12         Covenant of Certificateholders.

 

Each Certificateholder
agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Trust Certificates and of this Trust Agreement, including any supplements
or amendments hereto, and to perform the obligations of a Certificateholder as set forth therein or herein, in all respects as
if it were a signatory hereto. This undertaking is made for the benefit of the Trust Depositor, the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the
Trust Company and all other Certificateholders present and future.

 

    	10

    	 

    

 

ARTICLE
III

TRUST CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

 

Section
3.01         Initial Ownership.

 

Upon the formation
of the Trust by the contribution by the Trust Depositor pursuant to Section 2.05 and until the issuance of the Trust
Certificates, the Trust Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the Trust. The Trust Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary
of the Trust and shall not transfer its beneficial interest in the Trust or the Trust Certificates issued to it so long as the
Notes are outstanding.

 

Section
3.02         The Trust Certificates.

 

(a)          The
Trust Certificates shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, with such changes as may be specified
in a supplement to this Trust Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth in a supplement to this Trust Agreement, the Trust Certificates
shall be issued from time to time in minimum Percentage Interests of 10% and integral multiples of 1% in excess thereof; provided
that one Trust Certificate may be issued in a different denomination. The Trust Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the
Trust by manual or facsimile signature of an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee. Trust Certificates bearing the manual or
facsimile signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf
of the Trust, shall be validly issued and entitled to the benefit of this Trust Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals
or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Trust Certificates or did
not hold such offices at the date of authentication and delivery of such Trust Certificates.

 

(b)          A
transferee of a Trust Certificate shall become a Certificateholder and shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations
of a Certificateholder hereunder upon such transferee’s acceptance of a Trust Certificate duly registered in such transferee’s
name pursuant to Section 3.04.

 

Section
3.03         Authentication of Trust Certificates.

 

Concurrently with the
initial transfer of the Initial Loans to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust shall issue the Trust
Certificates, in an aggregate Percentage Interest equal to 100%, executed by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust, authenticated
by the Certificate Registrar and delivered to or upon the written order of the Trust Depositor, signed by its chairman of the board,
its president, its chief executive officer, its chief financial officer, any vice president, secretary or any assistant treasurer,
without further limited liability company action by the Trust Depositor, in authorized denominations. No Trust Certificate shall
entitle its Holder to any benefit under this Agreement or be valid for any purpose unless there shall appear on such Trust Certificate
a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, executed by the Certificate Registrar,
by manual signature; such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence that such Trust Certificate has been duly and validly
authorized, issued, authenticated and delivered hereunder and, subject to the terms of this Agreement, fully paid and non-assessable.
All Trust Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.

 

    	11

    	 

    

 

Section
3.04         Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Trust Certificates.

 

(a)          The
Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.08,
a Certificate Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Certificate Registrar shall provide
for the registration of Trust Certificates and, subject to Section 3.10 hereof, of transfers and exchanges of Trust
Certificates as herein provided. The Trustee shall be the initial Certificate Registrar. Promptly upon written request therefor
from the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar shall provide to the Owner Trustee in writing such information regarding or contained
in the Certificate Register as the Owner Trustee may reasonably request. The Owner Trustee shall be entitled to rely (and shall
be fully protected in relying) on such information.

 

(b)          Upon
surrender for registration of transfer of any Trust Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.08,
the Certificate Registrar shall cause the Owner Trustee to execute on behalf of the Trust and the Certificate Registrar shall authenticate
and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Trust Certificates in authorized denominations
of a like aggregate amount dated the date of authentication by the Certificate Registrar or any authenticating agent. At the option
of a Certificateholder, Trust Certificates may be exchanged for other Trust Certificates of authorized denominations of a like
aggregate amount upon surrender of the Trust Certificates to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.08.

 

(c)          Every
Trust Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument
of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by the registered Certificateholder
or such registered Certificateholder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Trust Certificate surrendered for registration
of transfer or exchange shall be cancelled and subsequently disposed of by the Certificate Registrar in accordance with its customary
practice.

 

(d)          No
service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Trust Certificates, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate
Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with
any transfer or exchange of Trust Certificates.

 

Section
3.05         Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust Certificates.

 

If (a) any mutilated
Trust Certificate shall be surrendered to the Certificate Registrar, or if the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee shall
receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Trust Certificate, and (b) there shall be delivered
to the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by them to save each
of them harmless, then in the absence of notice to the Trust that such Trust Certificate has been acquired by a protected purchaser,
the Certificate Registrar shall cause the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust to execute and the Certificate Registrar shall authenticate
and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Trust Certificate, a new Trust Certificate
of like tenor and denomination. The Holder of such Trust Certificate shall pay the reasonable expenses and charges of the Certificate
Registrar and the Owner Trustee in connection therewith. In connection with the issuance of any new Trust Certificate under this
Section 3.05, the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax
or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Trust Certificate issued pursuant to this
Section 3.05 shall constitute conclusive evidence of ownership of a beneficial interest in the Trust, as if originally issued,
whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Trust Certificate shall be found at any time.

 

    	12

    	 

    

 

Section
3.06         Persons Deemed Owners.

 

Prior to due presentation
of a Trust Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar or any paying agent or other
agent thereof may treat the Person in whose name any Trust Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register as the owner of
such Trust Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Section 5.02 and for all other purposes
whatsoever, and none of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar or any paying agent or other agent thereof shall be bound
by any notice to the contrary.

 

Section
3.07         Access to List of Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses.

 

The Certificate Registrar
shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent, the Owner Trustee, the Servicer
and the Trust Depositor, within ten (10) Business Days after receipt by the Certificate Registrar of a written request therefor
from the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Servicer or the Trust Depositor, a list, in such form as the Trustee or any other party
acting as paying agent, the Owner Trustee, the Servicer or the Trust Depositor may reasonably require, of the names and addresses
of the Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date. If three or more Certificateholders or one or more Holders of Trust
Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the Percentage Interests apply in writing to the Certificate Registrar, and such application
states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights under this Trust Agreement
or under the Trust Certificates and such application is accompanied by a copy of the communication that such applicants propose
to transmit, then the Certificate Registrar shall, within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such application, afford
such applicants access during normal business hours to the current list of Certificateholders. Upon receipt of any such application,
the Certificate Registrar will promptly notify the Trust Depositor by providing a copy of such application and a copy of the list
of Certificateholders produced in response thereto. Each Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a Trust Certificate, shall
be deemed to have agreed not to hold any of the Trust Depositor, the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee accountable by
reason of the disclosure of its name and address, regardless of the source from which such information was derived.

 

Section
3.08         Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Certificate Registrar
shall maintain an office or offices or agency or agencies where Trust Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Certificate Registrar in respect of the Trust Certificates and the Transaction
Documents may be served. The Certificate Registrar initially designates the office of the Certificate Registrar at the Corporate
Trust Office as its office for such purposes. The Certificate Registrar shall give prompt written notice to the Trust Depositor,
any paying agent, the Owner Trustee and the Certificateholders of any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any
such office or agency.

 

    	13

    	 

    

 

Section
3.09         Appointment of Trustee as Paying Agent.

 

The Trustee shall make
distributions to Certificateholders from the Certificate Account pursuant to Section 5.02. Any paying agent of the
Trustee shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Certificate Account for the purpose of making the distributions
referred to above. The Owner Trustee (acting at the written direction of the Administrator or the Certificateholder) may revoke
such power and remove the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent of the Trustee, if the Administrator or the Certificateholder
determines in its sole discretion that the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent shall have failed to perform its obligations
under this Trust Agreement in any material respect. The paying agent initially shall be U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
under the Indenture. U.S. Bank National Association shall be permitted to resign as paying agent upon 30 days’ written
notice to the Owner Trustee and the Servicer. In the event that U.S. Bank National Association shall no longer be the paying agent,
the Owner Trustee (acting at the written direction of the Administrator or the Certificateholder) shall appoint a successor to
act as paying agent (which shall be a bank or trust company). The Owner Trustee shall cause the Trustee and such successor paying
agent or any additional paying agent appointed by the Owner Trustee to execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee an instrument in
which the Trustee and such successor paying agent or additional paying agent shall agree with the Owner Trustee that, as paying
agent, the Trustee and such successor paying agent or additional paying agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment
to the Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to
such Certificateholders. The Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent, shall return all unclaimed funds to the Owner Trustee
and upon removal of a paying agent such paying agent shall also return all funds in its possession to the Owner Trustee. The provisions
of Sections 7.01, 7.04, 7.05, 7.06, 8.01 and 8.02 shall apply to U.S. Bank National
Association or the Owner Trustee also in its role as paying agent and Certificate Registrar as if U.S. Bank National Association
and the Owner Trustee were named in such Sections, for so long as U.S. Bank National Association or the Owner Trustee shall act
as paying agent or Certificate Registrar and, to the extent applicable, to any other paying agent or certificate registrar appointed
hereunder. Any reference in this Agreement to the paying agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

 

Section
3.10         Transfer Restrictions.

 

The Trust Certificates
may not be offered, transferred or sold except to the Trust Depositor or an Affiliate thereof or to Qualified Institutional Buyers
(“QIBs”) for purposes of Rule 144A under the Securities Act who are Qualified Purchasers for purposes of
Section 3(c)(7) under the 1940 Act, and who are United States persons (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) in reliance
on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

    	14

    	 

    

 

(a)          The
Trust Certificates have not been registered or qualified under the Securities Act, or any state securities law. No transfer, sale,
pledge or other disposition of any Trust Certificate shall be made unless such disposition is made pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act and effective registration or qualification under applicable state securities laws, or is made
in a transaction which does not require such registration or qualification. No transfer of any Trust Certificates shall be made
if such transfer would require the Trust to register as an “investment company” under the 1940 Act. In the event that
a transfer is to be made, the transferee shall execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee and Certificate Registrar a certification
substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto. In the event that such transfer is to be made in reliance on the availability
of an exemption under the Securities Act, the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require the prospective transferee
to provide an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it that such transfer may be made pursuant to an exemption from the Securities
Act, which Opinion of Counsel shall not be an expense of the Owner Trustee or of the Trust.

 

(b)          Neither
the Trust Certificates nor any beneficial interest in such Trust Certificates may be acquired or held by, on behalf of or with
plan assets of any employee benefit plans, retirement arrangements, individual retirement accounts or Keogh plans subject
to either Part 4, Subtitle B, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or Section 4975
of the Code or any entity whose underlying assets include assets of any such plan by reason of such a plan’s investment in
the entity (a “Benefit Plan”) and any such purported transfer shall not be effective. Each transferee of a Trust
Certificate shall be required to represent (a) that it is not and is not acting on behalf a Benefit Plan and is not acquiring
such Trust Certificate with the plan assets of a Benefit Plan and (b) that if such Trust Certificate is subsequently deemed
to be a plan asset of such a Benefit Plan, it will dispose of such Trust Certificate.

 

(c)          Each
Trust Certificate will bear the legends set forth in paragraph 6 of Exhibit C hereto.

 

(d)          No
transfer, sale, pledge or other disposition of one or more Trust Certificates (a “Transfer”) shall be made unless
the Percentage Interest of the Trust Certificates so Transferred is no less than ten (10%) percent.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding
any other provision herein or elsewhere, other than to determine that any certification delivered to the Owner Trustee or Certificate
Registrar, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 3.10(a) hereof is substantially in the form of Exhibit C
hereto and to determine (including, without limitation, based on one or more certificates from the Person transferring such Trust
Certificate and/or the Note Registrar) that any transfer of a Trust Certificate described in such certification delivered to the
Owner Trustee complies with Section 3.10(d), the Owner Trustee and Certificate Registrar shall have no obligation to
determine whether or not any transfer or exchange or proposed or purported transfer or exchange of a Trust Certificate is permitted
under or in accordance with this Agreement, the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, and the Owner Trustee and Certificate
Registrar shall have no personal liability to any Person in connection with any transfer or exchange or proposed or purported transfer
or exchange (and/or registration thereof).

 

(f)          No
Transfer of the Certificates or any interest therein shall be made unless the Certificate Registrar receives from the prospective
transferee a representation and warranty that the prospective transferee is a “United States person” within the meaning
of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and a correct, complete and properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or appropriate
successor form).

 

    	15

    	 

    

 

(g)          No
Transfer of the Certificates or any interest therein shall be made unless each Certificateholder acknowledges and agrees that no
Certificate may be acquired or owned by any person that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partnership, subchapter
S corporation or grantor trust unless (A)(1) none of the direct or indirect beneficial owners of any interest in such person
have or ever will have more than 40% of the value of its interest in such person attributable to the aggregate interest of such
person in the combined value of the Certificates and any other equity interests of the Trust held by such person, and (2) it
is not and will not be a principal purpose of the arrangement involving the investment of such person in the Certificates and any
other equity interests of the Trust to permit any partnership to satisfy the 100 partner limitation of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii)
or (B) such person obtains a written opinion of nationally recognized U.S. tax counsel that such transfer will not cause the
Trust to be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

 

(h)          No
Transfer of the Certificates or any interest therein shall be made unless each Certificateholder acknowledges and agrees that the
Certificates may not be acquired, and no Certificateholder may sell, transfer, assign, participate, pledge or otherwise dispose
of the Certificate or other equity interest in the Trust or cause the Certificates or other equity interest in the Trust to be
marketed, (A) on or through an “established securities market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of
the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(b), including without limitation, an interdealer quotation system that
regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations or (B) if such acquisition, sale, transfer, assignment, participation,
pledge or disposition would cause the combined number of holders of the Certificate and other equity interests in the Trust to
be held by more than 90 persons.

 

(i)          No
Transfer of the Certificates or any interest therein shall be made unless each Certificateholder acknowledges and agrees that it
will not enter into any financial instrument the payments on which are, or the value of which is, determined in whole or in part
by reference to the Certificates or other equity interests in the Trust (including the amount of distributions on the Certificates
or equity interests, the value of the Trust’s assets, or the result of the Trust’s operations), or any contract that
otherwise is described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(a)(2)(i)(B).

 

(j)          No
Transfer of the Certificates or any interest therein shall be made unless each Certificateholder acknowledges and agrees that any
sale, transfer, assignment, participation, pledge, or other disposition of the Certificates that would violate any of the three
preceding paragraphs above or otherwise cause the Trust to be unable to rely on the “private placement” safe harbor
of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h) will be void and of no force or effect, and it will not transfer any interest
in the Certificates to any person that does not agree to be bound by the three preceding paragraphs above or by this paragraph.

 

    	16

    	 

    

 

ARTICLE
IV

ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE

 

Section
4.01         Prior Notice to and Consent by Certificateholders with Respect to
Certain Matters.

 

With respect to the
following matters, the Trust shall not take action unless either (i), at least ten (10) Business Days before the taking of such
action, the Owner Trustee shall have notified the Certificateholders and the Trust Depositor (who shall promptly forward such notice
to any Rating Agency) in writing of the proposed action and the Certificateholders holding a Percentage Interest of not less than
66-2/3% shall not, prior to the tenth (10th) Business Day after such notice is given, have notified the Owner Trustee in writing
that such Certificateholders have withheld consent or provided alternative direction or (ii) Certificateholders holding a Percentage
Interest of not less than 66-2/3% direct the Owner Trustee to take action with respect to:

 

(a)          the
initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Trust;

 

(b)          the
election by the Trust to file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed under the
Statutory Trust Statute);

 

(c)          the
amendment of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;

 

(d)          the
amendment of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is not required
and such amendment may reasonably be expected to adversely affect the interest of the Certificateholders;

 

(e)          such
Certificateholders direct the Owner Trustee to initiate any amendment to any Transaction Document or to seek any waiver or other
modification thereof;

 

(f)          the
appointment pursuant to the Indenture of a successor paying agent or Trustee or pursuant to this Trust Agreement of a successor
Certificate Registrar, or paying agent, or the consent to the assignment by the Trustee or Certificate Registrar of its obligations
under the Indenture or this Trust Agreement, as applicable;

 

(g)          the
consent to the calling or waiver of any Event of Default of any Transaction Document or such Certificateholders direct the Owner
Trustee to call or waive any such Event of Default;

 

(h)          the
consent to the assignment of the Trustee or Servicer of their respective obligations under any Transaction Document;

 

(i)          except
as provided in Article IX hereof, the dissolution, termination or liquidation of the Trust in whole or in part;

 

    	17

    	 

    

 

(j)          the
merger or consolidation of the Trust with or into any other entity, or conveyance or transfer of all or substantially all of the
Trust’s assets to any other entity;

 

(k)          the
incurrence, assumption or guaranty by the Trust of any indebtedness other than as set forth in this Agreement or the Transaction
Documents;

 

(l)          the
doing of any act which would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Trust as described in Section 2.03
hereof;

 

(m)        the
confession of a judgment against the Trust;

 

(n)          the
possession of Loan Assets or other Collateral, or assignment of the Trust’s right to property, for other than a purpose permitted
under Section 2.03;

 

(o)          the
lending by the Trust of any funds to any entity, except as permitted or required under the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect
to the Loan Assets or other Collateral;

 

(p)          the
change in the Trust’s purpose and powers from those set forth in this Trust Agreement; or

 

(q)          the
removal or replacement of the Servicer or the Trustee.

 

In addition, the Trust
shall not commingle its assets with those of any other entity other than as permitted under the Transaction Documents. The Trust
shall maintain its financial and accounting books and records separate from those of any other entity; provided that the
Trust may be consolidated with another entity in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and, when so consolidated
will note on its consolidated financial statement that the Trust’s assets are not available to satisfy the claims of creditors
of such consolidating Person. Except as expressly set forth herein, the Trust shall pay its indebtedness, operating expenses and
liabilities from its own funds, and the Trust shall not pay the indebtedness, operating expenses and liabilities of any other entity.

 

Section
4.02         Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Bankruptcy.

 

To the extent permitted
by Applicable Law, the Trust shall not have the power, without the unanimous prior written approval of the Certificateholders,
and to the extent otherwise consistent with the Transaction Documents, to (i) institute proceedings to have the Trust declared
or adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the
Trust, (iii) file a petition or consent to a petition seeking reorganization or relief on behalf of the Trust under any applicable
federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, (iv) consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator (or any similar official) of the Trust or a substantial portion of the property of the Trust, (v) make any assignment
for the benefit of the Trust’s creditors, (vi) cause the Trust to admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally
as they become due, or (vii) take any action, or cause the Trust to take any action, in furtherance of any of the foregoing
(any of the above, a “Bankruptcy Action”). So long as the Indenture remains in effect, and to the extent permitted
by Applicable Law, no Certificateholder shall have the power to take and shall not take any Bankruptcy Action with respect to the
Trust or direct the Owner Trustee to take any Bankruptcy Action with respect to the Trust.

 

    	18

    	 

    

 

Section
4.03         Restrictions on Certificateholders’ Power.

 

The Certificateholders
shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take or to refrain from taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to
any obligation of the Trust or the Owner Trustee under this Trust Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents or would cause
a violation of any of the Transaction Documents or would be contrary to or inconsistent with Section 2.03, nor shall
the Owner Trustee be obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

 

Section
4.04         Majority Control.

 

Except as expressly
provided herein or in any supplement to this Trust Agreement, any action or direction that may be taken or given by the Certificateholders
under this Trust Agreement may not be taken or given unless agreed to or directed by the Majority Certificateholders. Except as
expressly provided herein or in any supplement to this Trust Agreement, any written notice of the Certificateholders delivered
pursuant to this Trust Agreement shall be effective if signed by Majority Certificateholders at the time of the delivery of such
notice.

 

ARTICLE
V

APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES

 

Section
5.01         Establishment of Trust Account.

 

(a)          For
the benefit of the Certificateholders, the Securities Intermediary shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trust an Eligible
Deposit Account with the Trustee (the “Certificate Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that
the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Certificateholders. Each Qualified Institution maintaining the Certificate
Account shall agree in writing (and the Trustee does hereby so agree) to comply with all instructions originated by the Trustee
or any other party acting as paying agent, or Owner Trustee directing the disposition of funds in the account without the further
consent of the Trust. Funds deposited to the Certificate Account shall remain uninvested.

 

(b)          The
Trust shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Certificate Account and in all
proceeds thereof. Except as provided in Section 3.09 or as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Certificate Account
shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders. If, at any time, the Certificate
Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Securities Intermediary shall within ten (10) Business Days (or such longer
period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which any Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Certificate Account as
an Eligible Deposit Account and shall transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new Certificate Account.

 

    	19

    	 

    

 

Section
5.02         Application of Trust Funds.

 

(a)          On
each Payment Date and at and in accordance with the instruction of the Servicer, the Trustee shall distribute to the Certificateholders,
pro rata based on their respective Percentage Interests, the amounts deposited in the Certificate Account received from
the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

 

(b)          On
each Payment Date, the Trustee shall, or shall cause the Servicer to, make available to each Certificateholder via its website
at www.usbank.com/abs the statement or statements provided to the Trustee by the Servicer pursuant to the Indenture and the Sale
and Servicing Agreement with respect to such Payment Date.

 

(c)          In
the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust’s payment (or allocations of income) to a Certificateholder, such
tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the Certificateholder in accordance with this Section 5.02.
The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to the Certificateholders sufficient
funds for the payment of any tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization shall not prevent the Owner Trustee
or the Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by Applicable
Law, pending the outcome of such proceedings); provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for determining whether
any such tax is owed and may rely for such purposes on the written direction of the Trust Depositor or Servicer. The amount of
any withholding tax imposed with respect to a Certificateholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such Certificateholder
at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. If there is a possibility that withholding
tax is payable with respect to a distribution (such as a distribution to a non-U.S. Certificateholder), the Trustee may in its
sole discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this Section 5.02(c). In the event that a Certificateholder wishes
to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee shall reasonably cooperate with such Certificateholder
in making such claim so long as such Certificateholder agrees to reimburse the Owner Trustee and the Trustee, in its capacity as
paying agent, for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred. The Certificateholders shall supply the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and any
paying agent with Internal Revenue Service forms, with appropriate supporting documentation, and such other certificates, information
or forms that the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or any paying agent may request from time to time in connection with any withholding
tax or the application for a refund thereof.

 

Section
5.03         Method of Payment.

 

Subject to Section 9.01(c),
distributions required to be made to Certificateholders on any Payment Date shall be made to each Certificateholder of record on
the preceding Record Date either by wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of such Certificateholder at
a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefor, if such Certificateholder shall have provided to the Certificate
Registrar and the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent appropriate written instructions at least five (5) Business
Days prior to such Payment Date or, if not, by check mailed to such Certificateholder at the address of such holder appearing in
the Certificate Register.

 

    	20

    	 

    

 

Section
5.04         No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest.

 

Subject to Sections 5.01
and 5.02, moneys received by the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or any paying agent hereunder need not be segregated in any
manner except to the extent required by any Applicable Law or the Sale and Servicing Agreement and may be deposited under such
general conditions as may be prescribed by any Applicable Law, and neither a paying agent, the Trustee, the Trust Company nor the
Owner Trustee shall be liable for any interest thereon.

 

Section
5.05         Accounting and Reports to the Certificateholders, the Internal Revenue
Service and Others.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall (a) maintain (or cause to be maintained) the books of the Trust on a calendar year basis on the accrual method of accounting,
(b) deliver (or cause to be delivered) to each Certificateholder, as may be required by the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations,
such information as may be required (including, if applicable, Schedule K-1) to enable each Certificateholder to prepare its
federal and state income tax returns, (c) prepare or cause to be prepared, and file, or cause to be filed, all tax returns,
if any, relating to the Trust (including, if applicable, a partnership information return, IRS Form 1065) and in writing direct
the Owner Trustee to make such elections as from time to time may be required or appropriate under any applicable state or federal
statute or any rule or regulation thereunder so as to maintain the Trust’s characterization as a partnership for federal
income tax purposes or an entity the existence of which is disregarded as separate from the Certificateholders under applicable
Treasury Regulations depending on whether the Trust Certificates are held by more than one owner or one owner, (d) collect
or cause to be collected any withholding tax as described in and in accordance with Section 5.02(c) with respect to
income or distributions to Certificateholders and (e) upon the request of the Trust, provide to necessary parties such reasonably
current information as is specified in paragraph (d)(4) of Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Owner Trustee shall make all
elections pursuant to this Section 5.05 as directed by the Trust Depositor in writing.

 

Section
5.06         Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner.

 

(a)          The
Servicer shall sign on behalf of the Trust the tax returns of the Trust, and any other returns as may be required by law if any,
as the same shall be furnished to it in execution form by the Trust Depositor, unless Applicable Law requires a Certificateholder
to sign such documents, in which case such documents shall not be furnished to the Servicer, but shall be furnished to and signed
by the Trust Depositor so long as it is a Certificateholder, in its capacity as “tax matters partner” (as defined in
Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) (if applicable), or such other Certificateholder as may have been designated “tax matters
partner” (if applicable). In executing any such return, the Servicer shall rely entirely upon, and shall have no personal
liability for, information or calculations provided by the Trust Depositor.

 

(b)          In
the event the Trust Depositor is a Certificateholder and the Trust is characterized as a partnership, the Trust Depositor shall
be the “tax matters partner” of the Trust pursuant to the Code.

 

    	21

    	 

    

 

ARTICLE
VI

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE

 

Section
6.01         General Authority.

 

Each of the Owner Trustee,
the Servicer, the Administrator and the Trust Depositor shall have power and authority, and each is hereby authorized and empowered,
in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which the Trust is to be a party and
each certificate or other document attached as an Exhibit to or contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which the Trust
is to be a party and any amendment or other agreement or instrument, in each case, in such form as the Owner Trustee, the Servicer,
the Administrator or the Trust Depositor shall approve, as evidenced conclusively by the Owner Trustee’s, the Servicer’s,
the Administrator’s or the Trust Depositor’s execution thereof. In addition to the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall
have power and authority and hereby is further authorized (but shall not be obligated) to take all actions required of the Trust
pursuant to the Transaction Documents. The Trust and the Owner Trustee are hereby authorized to delegate such power and authority,
or any portion thereof, with respect to the duties and obligations of the Trust and/or the Owner Trustee under this Agreement and
the other Transaction Documents to the Servicer and the Administrator. The Owner Trustee shall have power and authority and hereby
is further authorized from time to time to take such action as the Trust Depositor, the Administrator or the Servicer recommends
and directs with respect to the Transaction Documents.

 

Section
6.02         General Duties.

 

It shall be the duty
of the Owner Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of the duties expressly required to be performed by the Owner
Trustee under the terms of this Agreement in the interest of the Certificateholders, subject to the Transaction Documents and in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged
its duties and responsibilities hereunder and under the Transaction Documents to the extent the Trust Depositor has agreed hereunder
or the Servicer has agreed in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Administrator has agreed in the Administration Agreement
to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Owner Trustee or of the Trust under any Transaction Document, and the Owner
Trustee shall not be held personally liable for the default or failure of the Trust Depositor, the Administrator or the Servicer
to carry out its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement or this Trust Agreement, as applicable.

 

Section
6.03         Action upon Instruction.

 

(a)          Subject
to Article IV and Section 7.01 and in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents, the Certificateholders
may by written instruction direct the Owner Trustee in the management of the Trust. Such direction may be exercised at any time
by written instruction to the Owner Trustee of the Certificateholders pursuant to Article IV.

 

    	22

    	 

    

 

(b)          The
Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action hereunder or under any Transaction Document if the Owner Trustee shall have
reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action is likely to result in personal liability on the
part of the Owner Trustee or is contrary to the terms hereof or of any Transaction Document or is otherwise contrary to Applicable
Law.

 

(c)          Whenever
the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between alternative courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this Trust Agreement
or under any Transaction Document, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the
circumstances) to the Certificateholders requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted and stating that if the
Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten (10) Business Days of such notice (or within such shorter
period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be
under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action not inconsistent with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents
as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Certificateholders and shall have no personal liability to any Person for such
action or inaction. To the extent the Owner Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any written instruction
received from Majority Certificateholders, the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable on account of such action or inaction
to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten (10) Business Days of such notice
(or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances)
it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action not inconsistent with this Agreement and the other
Transaction Documents as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Certificateholders and shall have no personal liability
to any Person for such action or inaction.

 

(d)          In
the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the application of any provision of this Trust Agreement or any Transaction Document
or any such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other applicable provision,
or in the event that this Trust Agreement permits any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the
course of action that the Owner Trustee is required or permitted to take with respect to a particular set of facts, the Owner Trustee
may give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Certificateholders requesting instruction
and stating that if the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten (10) Business Days of such notice
(or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances)
it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action not inconsistent with this Agreement or the other
Transaction Documents as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Certificateholders, and shall have no personal liability
to any Person for such action or inaction. To the extent that the Owner Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance
with any such instruction received from Majority Certificateholders, the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable, on account
of such action or inaction, to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten (10)
Business Days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary
under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action not inconsistent with this
Agreement or the other Transaction Documents as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Certificateholders, and shall
have no personal liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

 

    	23

    	 

    

 

Section
6.04         No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions.

 

The Owner Trustee shall
not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of, or otherwise deal
with the Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, the Transaction Documents
or any document contemplated hereby or thereby, except as expressly provided by the terms of this Trust Agreement or in any document
or written instruction received by the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 6.03; and no implied duties or obligations
shall be read into this Trust Agreement or any other Transaction Document against the Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee shall have
no responsibility for filing any financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or
maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to prepare or file any Commission filing for
the Trust or to record this Trust Agreement or any Transaction Document. The Owner Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at
its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any liens on any part of the Trust Estate that
result from actions by, or claims against, the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity that are not related to the Trust, this
Trust Agreement, the Trust Company’s serving as Owner Trustee or the ownership or the administration of the Trust Estate.

 

Section
6.05         Restrictions.

 

The Owner Trustee shall
not take any action that, (i) is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.03 or (ii) to
the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the Owner Trustee, would result in the Trust’s becoming taxable as a corporation
for federal income tax purposes. The Certificateholders shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take action that would violate the
provisions of this Section 6.05.

 

ARTICLE
VII

CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

 

Section
7.01         Acceptance of Trusts and Duties.

 

The Owner Trustee accepts
the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder but only upon the terms of this Trust Agreement. The Owner
Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually received by it constituting part of the Trust Estate upon the terms of this
Trust Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. The Owner Trustee shall not be personally answerable or accountable hereunder
or under any other Transaction Document under any circumstances, except to the Trust and the Certificateholders (i) for its
own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty
contained in Section 7.03 expressly made by the Owner Trustee. In particular, but not by way of limitation (and subject
to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

 

    	24

    	 

    

 

(a)          the
Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for any error of judgment made by a Responsible Officer of the Owner Trustee which
did not result from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Responsible Officer;

 

(b)          the
Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the
instructions of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer or of Certificateholders holding such Percentage Interest as is required with
respect thereto under this Agreement or the applicable Transaction Documents;

 

(c)          no
provision of this Trust Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur any personal financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder or under any Transaction
Document if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against
such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

 

(d)          under
no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be personally liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Transaction
Documents, including the principal of and interest on the Notes;

 

(e)          the
Owner Trustee shall not be personally responsible (i) for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Trust Agreement
or for the due execution hereof by the Trust Depositor, (ii) for the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity
of any of the Trust Estate, or (iii) for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Transaction Documents, other
than the Owner Trustee’s due execution of the Trust Certificate on behalf of the Trust, and the Owner Trustee shall in no
event assume or incur any personal liability, duty, or obligation to any Noteholder or any Certificateholder other than as expressly
provided for herein or expressly agreed to in the Transaction Documents;

 

(f)          the
Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for the default or misconduct of the Trust Depositor, the Trustee, the Certificate
Registrar, the Administrator or the Servicer or any other Person under any of the Transaction Documents or otherwise and the Owner
Trustee shall have no obligation or personal liability to monitor or perform the obligations of the Trust or the Certificate Registrar
under this Trust Agreement or the other Transaction Documents that are required to be performed by the Trustee under the Indenture,
the Administrator under the Administration Agreement or the Servicer or the Trust Depositor under the Sale and Servicing Agreement;
and

 

(g)          the
Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement, or to
institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Trust Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this Trust Agreement or any
other Transaction Document, at the request, order or direction of any of the Certificateholders, unless such Certificateholders
have offered to the Owner Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may
be incurred by the Owner Trustee therein or thereby. The right of the Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated
in this Trust Agreement or in any other Transaction Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Owner Trustee shall not
be personally answerable therefor other than to the Trust and the Certificateholders for its willful misconduct, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of any such act.

 

    	25

    	 

    

 

Section 7.02         Furnishing
of Documents.

 

The Owner Trustee shall
furnish to the Certificateholders duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial statements
and any other instruments furnished to the Owner Trustee under the Transaction Documents.

 

Section 7.03         Representations
and Warranties.

 

The Owner Trustee hereby
represents and warrants to the Trust Depositor, for the benefit of the Trust Depositor and Certificateholders, that:

 

(a)          It
is national banking association, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America. It has all
requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement.

 

(b)          It
has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it of this Trust Agreement, and this Trust Agreement
will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Trust Agreement on its
behalf.

 

(c)          Neither
the execution nor the delivery by it of this Trust Agreement, nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby
nor compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof, will (i) contravene any federal or Delaware state law, governmental
rule or regulation governing the trust powers of the Trust Company or any judgment or order binding on it, (ii) constitute
any default under its charter documents or organizational documents or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument
to which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any
lien, charge or encumbrance on the Trust Estate resulting from actions by or claims against the Owner Trustee individually which
are unrelated to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

(d)          This
Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Owner Trustee enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject
to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and creditors
of national banking associations and subject to general principles of equity.

 

(e)          To
the Owner Trustee’s best knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending, or to the Owner Trustee’s best
knowledge threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction
over the Owner Trustee or its properties: (A) asserting the invalidity of this Trust Agreement, (B) seeking to prevent
the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Trust Agreement or (C) seeking any determination or ruling
that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Owner Trustee of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability
of, this Trust Agreement.

 

    	26

    	 

    

 

Section 7.04         Reliance;
Advice of Counsel.

 

(a)          The
Owner Trustee shall incur no personal liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request,
consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to
be signed by an appropriate Person or Persons. The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors
or other governing body of any Person as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the
same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the method of determination of which is not specifically prescribed
herein, the Owner Trustee may for all purposes hereof require and rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice president
or by the treasurer or other authorized officer or agent of an appropriate Person or Persons or of any manager thereof, as to such
fact or matter and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

 

(b)          In
the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Trust Agreement
or the other Transaction Documents, the Owner Trustee may act directly or through its agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements
entered into with any of them, and the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for the conduct or misconduct of such agents
or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Owner Trustee in good faith and without gross negligence,
and may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled Persons to be selected in good faith and without gross negligence and
employed by it. The Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in
accordance with the written opinion or advice of any such counsel, accountants or other such Persons. The Owner Trustee shall have
no duty to monitor or supervise any other trustee, the Certificate Registrar, a paying agent, the Trust Depositor, the Holders,
the Servicer, any Subservicer, the Trustee, the Administrator, any agent, independent contractor, officer, employee or manager
of the Trust, any delegatee of any trustee, or any other Person.

 

Section 7.05         Not
Acting in Individual Capacity.

 

Except as provided
in this Article VII, in performing its duties hereunder, the Trust Company acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and
not in its individual capacity, and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated
by this Trust Agreement or any Transaction Document shall look only to the Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.

 

    	27

    	 

    

  

Section 7.06         Owner
Trustee Not Liable for Trust Certificates or Loans.

 

The recitals contained
herein and in the Trust Certificates shall be taken as the statements of the Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee assumes no personal
responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Owner Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Trust Agreement, of any other Transaction Document or of the Trust Certificates (other than as to the due execution by the Owner
Trustee of the Trust Certificates on behalf of the Trust) or the Notes, or of any Loan or related documents. The Owner Trustee
shall at no time have any personal responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability
of any Loan, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed
to Certificateholders under this Trust Agreement or the Noteholders under the Indenture, including, without limitation: (a) the
existence, condition and ownership of any collateral securing a Loan; (b) the existence and enforceability of any insurance
thereon; (c) the validity of the assignment of any Loan to the Trust or of any intervening assignment; (d) the performance
or enforcement of any Loan; and (e) the compliance by the Trust Depositor or the Servicer with any warranty or representation
made under any Transaction Document or in any related document or the accuracy of any such warranty or representation, or any action
of the Trust Depositor, the Trustee, the Administrator or the Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.

 

Section 7.07         Owner
Trustee May Own Trust Certificates and Notes.

 

The Owner Trustee in
its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Trust Certificates or Notes and may deal with the Trust
Depositor, the Trustee and the Servicer in banking transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were not Owner Trustee.

 

ARTICLE
VIII

COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE

 

Section 8.01         Owner
Trustee’s Fees and Expenses.

 

The Owner Trustee shall
receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been separately agreed upon before the date hereof between
the Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Trust Depositor for
its other reasonable expenses hereunder, including, but not limited to, the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements
of such agents, representatives, experts and counsel as the Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance
of its rights and its duties hereunder. The Trust Depositor shall be responsible for such fees and expenses only to the extent
the same are not paid pursuant to the Priority of Payments, such fees and expenses to be paid to the Owner Trustee in accordance
with the Priority of Payments.

 

    	28

    	 

    

  

Section 8.02         Indemnification.

 

Trust Depositor shall
be liable as primary obligor for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner Trustee (in its individual capacity and
in its capacity as Owner Trustee) and its successors, assigns, agents and servants (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”)
from and against, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions and suits (provided that any indemnification
for damages is limited to actual damages, not consequential, special or punitive damages), and any and all reasonable costs, expenses
and disbursements (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever (collectively, “Expenses”)
which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against an Indemnified Party in any way relating to or arising out
of this Trust Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Trust Estate, the administration of the Trust Estate or the action or inaction
of the Owner Trustee hereunder, except only that the Trust Depositor shall not be liable for or required to indemnify an Indemnified
Party from and against Expenses arising or resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.
The indemnities contained in this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and the termination of
this Trust Agreement. If an Indemnified Party seeks indemnification hereunder it shall promptly notify the Trust Depositor if a
Responsible Officer of the Indemnified Party receives a complaint, claim, compulsory process or other notice of any loss, claim,
damage or liability giving rise to a claim of indemnification hereunder but failure to provide such notice shall not relieve the
Trust Depositor of its indemnification obligations hereunder unless the Trust Depositor is deprived of material substantive or
procedural rights or defenses as a result thereof. The Trust Depositor shall assume (with the consent of the Indemnified Party,
such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) the defense and any settlement of any such claim and pay all expenses in connection
therewith, including reasonable counsel fees, and promptly pay, discharge and satisfy any judgment or decree which may be entered
against the Indemnified Party in respect of such claim; provided that the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel
at the expense of the Trust Depositor in the event that a conflict of interest or the possible imposition of criminal liability.
If the consent of the Indemnified Party required in the immediately preceding sentence is unreasonably withheld, the Trust Depositor
is relieved of its indemnification obligations hereunder with respect to such Person to the extent its defense of its claims are
prejudiced thereby. The Trust Depositor shall be responsible for such indemnification to the extent the same is not paid pursuant
to the Priority of Payments, such indemnification to be paid first in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

Section 8.03         Payments
to the Owner Trustee.

 

Any amounts paid to
the Owner Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII shall be deemed not to be a part of the Trust Estate immediately after
such payment.

 

ARTICLE
IX

TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT

 

Section 9.01         Termination
of Trust Agreement.

 

(a)          The
Trust shall dissolve, liquidate and be wound up in accordance with Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Statute upon (i) the
final distribution by the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent of all moneys or other property or proceeds of the
Trust Estate in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Article V, upon which
the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent shall notify the Owner Trustee and the Trust Depositor in writing and (ii) the
written consent of the Certificateholders. The bankruptcy, liquidation, termination, dissolution, death or incapacity of any Certificateholder
shall not (x) operate to dissolve or terminate this Trust Agreement or the Trust or (y) entitle such Certificateholder’s
legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a partition or winding
up of all or any part of the Trust or Trust Estate or (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the
parties hereto.

 

(b)          Except
as provided in Section 9.01(a), neither the Trust Depositor nor any Certificateholder shall be entitled to revoke or
terminate the Trust.

 

    	29

    	 

    

  

(c)          Notice
of any termination of the Trust, specifying the Payment Date upon which the Certificateholders shall surrender their Trust Certificates
to the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent of the Trustee for payment of the final distribution and cancellation,
shall be given by the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent by letter to Certificateholders mailed within five (5)
Business Days of receipt of written notice of such termination from the Servicer stating, as set forth in such notice from the
Servicer, (i) the Payment Date upon or with respect to which final payment of the Trust Certificates shall be made upon presentation
and surrender of the Trust Certificates at the office of the Trustee therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final
payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Payment Date is not applicable, payments being made only
upon presentation and surrender of the Trust Certificates at the office of the Trustee therein specified. The Trustee shall give
such notice to the Certificate Registrar (if other than the Owner Trustee) and the Owner Trustee at the time such notice is given
to Certificateholders. Upon presentation and surrender of the Trust Certificates, the Trustee shall cause to be distributed to
Certificateholders amounts distributable on such Payment Date pursuant to Section 5.02.

 

In the event that all
of the Certificateholders shall not surrender their Trust Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified
in the above mentioned written notice, the Trustee shall give a second written notice to the remaining Certificateholders to surrender
their Trust Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one year after the
second notice all the Trust Certificates shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Trustee may take appropriate steps,
or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Trust
Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other assets that shall remain subject to this Trust Agreement.
Any funds remaining in the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed by the Trustee or any other party acting
as paying agent, to the Trust Depositor. Certificateholders shall thereafter look solely to the Trust Depositor as general unsecured
creditors.

 

(d)          Upon
the winding up of the Trust and payment of all liabilities in accordance with Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Statute,
the paying agent shall make a final distribution to the Certificateholders in accordance with Article V and Section 9.01(c)
above and the Administrator shall instruct the Owner Trustee to cause the Certificate of Trust to be cancelled by filing a certificate
of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 of the Statutory Trust Statute.
Thereupon, the Trust and this Trust Agreement (other than the rights, benefits, protections, privileges and immunities of the Owner
Trustee and the Trust Company) shall terminate.

 

    	30

    	 

    

 

ARTICLE
X

SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES

 

Section 10.01         Eligibility
Requirements for Owner Trustee.

 

The Owner Trustee shall
at all times be a Person (a) satisfying the provisions of Section 3807(a) of the Statutory Trust Statute; (b) authorized
to exercise corporate trust powers; (c) having a combined capital and surplus of (or having a parent with a combined capital
and surplus of) at least $100,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state banking authorities; and (d) having
(or having a parent that has) an investment grade rating with respect to S&P and Moody’s. If such Person shall publish
reports of condition at least annually pursuant to Applicable Law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining
authority, then for the purpose of this Section 10.01, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to
be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Owner
Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.01, the Owner Trustee shall resign
immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 10.02.

 

Section 10.02         Resignation
or Removal of Owner Trustee.

 

(a)          The
Owner Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the Trust
Depositor. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Trust Depositor shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written
instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Owner Trustee and one copy shall be
delivered to the successor Owner Trustee. If no successor Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment
within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee, at the expense of the Trust Depositor,
may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

 

(b)          The
Trust Depositor may remove the Owner Trustee at any time without cause or at any time (1) that the Owner Trustee shall cease to
be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.01 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor
by the Trust Depositor or (2) the Owner Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or
a receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the
Owner Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation. If the Trust Depositor
shall remove the Owner Trustee under the authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the Trust Depositor shall promptly appoint
a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one (1) copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing
Owner Trustee so removed, and one (1) copy shall be delivered to the successor Owner Trustee, and shall pay all fees owed to the
outgoing Owner Trustee in its individual capacity.

 

(c)          Any
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this
Section shall not become effective until the appointment by the successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 10.03 has
become effective and, in the case of removal, payment of all accrued and unpaid fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee
in its individual capacity. The Trust Depositor shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee to all
Holders, the Trustee, the Servicer and any Rating Agency.

 

    	31

    	 

    

  

Section 10.03         Successor
Owner Trustee.

 

(a)          Any
successor Owner Trustee appointed pursuant to Section 10.02 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Trust Depositor
and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment under this Trust Agreement, and thereupon the resignation
or removal of the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective, and such successor Owner Trustee, without any further act,
deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under this
Trust Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee. The predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon payment of
fees, expenses and indemnity owing to it in its individual capacity deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents and statements
and monies held by it under this Trust Agreement; and the Trust Depositor and the predecessor Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver
such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor
Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

 

(b)          No
successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 10.03 unless at the time of such acceptance
such successor Owner Trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.01.

 

(c)          Upon
acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.03, the Trust Depositor shall mail notice
thereof to all Holders, the Trustee, the Servicer and any Rating Agency. If the Trust Depositor shall fail to mail such notice
within ten (10) Business Days after acceptance of such appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the successor Owner Trustee
shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Trust Depositor. Furthermore, upon acceptance of appointment by a successor
Owner Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.03, such successor Owner Trustee shall file an amendment to the Certificate of
Trust with the Secretary of State in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 of the Statutory Trust Statute.

 

Section 10.04         Merger
or Consolidation of Owner Trustee.

 

Any Person into which
the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion
or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate
trust business of the Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of
any instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided
that such Person shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.01; provided, further, that the Owner Trustee
shall mail notice of such merger or consolidation to all Holders, the Trustee, the Servicer and the Trust Depositor (who shall
promptly forward such notice to any Rating Agency) and file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State
in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 of the Statutory Trust Statute.

 

    	32

    	 

    

  

Section 10.05         Appointment
of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.

 

(a)          Notwithstanding
any other provisions of this Trust Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction
in which any part of the Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall
have the power and authority to execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons approved by the Trust Depositor
and Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Owner Trustee, or as separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or
any part of the Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the Trust Estate or any part thereof
and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trust Depositor
and the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the Trust Depositor shall not have joined in such appointment within
15 Business Days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, the Owner Trustee alone shall have the power, authority and authorization
to make such appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Trust Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility
as a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate
trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 10.03.

 

(b)          Each
separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by any Applicable Law, be appointed and act subject to the following
provisions and conditions:

 

(i)          all
rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed
by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee
is not authorized to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any Applicable
Law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified
to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the
Trust Estate or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee
or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee;

 

(ii)         no
separate trustee or co-trustee under this Trust Agreement or the Owner Trustee shall be personally liable by reason of any act
or omission of any other trustee under this Trust Agreement; and

 

(iii)        the
Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or
co-trustee.

 

(c)          Any
notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees
and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall
refer to this Trust Agreement and the conditions of this Article X. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either
jointly with the Owner Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Trust Agreement,
specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection
to, the Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner Trustee and a copy thereof given to each of the Trust
Depositor, the Trustee and the Servicer.

 

    	33

    	 

    

 

(d)          Any
separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority,
to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Trust Agreement on its behalf and in its
name, and the Owner Trustee shall have the full power and authority to delegate its responsibilities to the Servicer as provided
for herein and in the other Transaction Documents. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting,
resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Owner Trustee,
to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor co-trustee or separate trustee.

 

ARTICLE
XI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01         Supplements
and Amendments.

 

(a)          This
Trust Agreement may be amended by the Trust Depositor, the Trust Company, and the Owner Trustee, with the consent of the Majority
Noteholders (so long as the Notes are outstanding) and the consent of the Majority Certificateholders for the purpose of adding
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Trust Agreement or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided that such action shall not, as evidenced by an
Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer, materially adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Trust Agreement may be amended by the Trust Depositor, the Trust
Company, and the Owner Trustee without the consent of any Noteholder or Certificateholder to cure any ambiguity or to correct or
supplement any provisions in this Trust Agreement in a manner consistent with the intent of this Trust Agreement and the Transaction
Documents.

 

(b)          Except
as provided in Section 11.01(a) hereof, this Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Trust Depositor, the
Trust Company, and the Owner Trustee, with the consent of the Majority Noteholders (so long as the Notes are outstanding) and the
consent of the Majority Certificateholders, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of this Trust Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders
hereunder; provided that no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate
or delay the timing of any amounts received on the Loans which are required to be distributed on any Note or Trust Certificate
without the consent of the Holder of that Note or Trust Certificate or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Noteholders
and the aggregate Percentage Interest of Certificateholders required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the
holders of all the outstanding Notes and Trust Certificates.

 

(c)          Promptly
after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of
such amendment or consent to the Trustee and the Trust Depositor (who shall promptly forward such notice to any Rating Agency)
and the Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to each Certificateholder and
Noteholder.

 

    	34

    	 

    

 

(d)          It
shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders or Noteholders pursuant to this Section 11.01 to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.
The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other consents of Certificateholders or Noteholders provided for in this Trust Agreement
or in any other Transaction Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Certificateholders or Noteholders
shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

 

(e)          Promptly
after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with
the Secretary of State of Delaware.

 

(f)          Prior
to the execution of any amendment to this Trust Agreement or the Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive
and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Trust Agreement
and an officer’s certificate of the Trust Depositor that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment
have been met. The Owner Trustee and the Trust Company may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment that affects
the Owner Trustee’s or the Trust Company’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Trust Agreement or otherwise.
Notwithstanding any other provision herein or elsewhere, no provision, amendment, supplement, waiver, or consent of or with respect
to any of the Transaction Documents that affects any right, power, authority, duty, benefit, protection, privilege, immunity or
indemnity of the Owner Trustee or the Trust Company shall be binding on the Owner Trustee or the Trust Company unless the Owner
Trustee and the Trust Company shall have expressly consented thereto in writing.

 

Section 11.02         No
Legal Title to Trust Estate in Certificateholders.

 

The Certificateholders
shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust Estate. The Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive distributions with
respect to their undivided beneficial ownership interest therein only in accordance with Articles V and IX.
No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title or interest of the Certificateholders to and in their beneficial
ownership interest in the Trust Estate shall operate to dissolve the Trust or terminate this Agreement or the trusts hereunder
or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Trust Estate.

 

Section 11.03         Limitations
on Rights of Others.

 

The provisions of this
Trust Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner Trustee, the Trust Company, the Indemnified Parties, the Trust Depositor,
the Certificateholders and, to the extent expressly provided herein, the Trustee and the Noteholders, and nothing in this Trust
Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
in the Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Trust Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

 

    	35

    	 

    

 

Section 11.04         Notices.

 

(a)          Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Certificateholders or other documents provided
or permitted by this Trust Agreement shall be in writing to and mailed, return receipt requested, hand delivered, sent by
overnight courier service guaranteeing next day delivery or by facsimile or telecopy in legible form, if to the Owner
Trustee, addressed to its Corporate Trust Office; or if to the Trust Depositor, addressed to Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC, c/o
Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, 312 Farmington Avenue, Farmington, Connecticut 06032 Attention: Legal Department, Re:
Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1 Telephone: (860) 676-8654, Facsimile No.: 860-676-8655; with a copy to Horizon Funding 2013-1
LLC, c/o Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, 312 Farmington Avenue, Farmington, Connecticut 06032 Attention: Legal
Department, Re: Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1 Telephone: (860) 676-8654, Facsimile No.: 860-676-8655 or if to a
Certificateholder shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Certificateholder as shown in
the Certificate Register.

 

(b)          Delivery
of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Noteholders or other documents made as provided
above will be deemed effective (except that notice to the Owner Trustee shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt by the Owner
Trustee): (i) if in writing and delivered in Person or by overnight courier service, on the date it is delivered; (ii) if
sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that transmission is received by the recipient in legible form (it being agreed
that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender's
facsimile machine); and (iii) if sent by mail, on the date that mail is delivered or its delivery is attempted; in each case,
unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Business Day or that communication
is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Business Day, in which case that communication
shall be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Business Day.

 

Section 11.05         Severability.

 

Any provision of this
Trust Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent
of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability
in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 11.06         Separate
Counterparts.

 

This Trust Agreement
may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original,
but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 11.07         Successors
and Assigns.

 

All covenants and agreements
contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, each of the Trust Depositor, the Owner Trustee, the Trust
Company, each Certificateholder and their respective successors and permitted assigns, all as herein provided. Any request, notice,
direction, consent, waiver or other instrument or action by a Certificateholder shall bind the successors and assigns of such Certificateholder.

 

    	36

    	 

    

 

Section 11.08         No
Petition.

 

(a)          To
the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Trust Depositor will not, prior to the date which is one (1) year and one (1) day (or,
if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect) after payment in full of the Notes rated by any Rating Agency (or such
longer preference period as shall then be in effect), institute against the Trust any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States
Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Trust Certificates, the Notes, this
Trust Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents.

 

(b)          To
the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Owner Trustee, by entering into this Trust Agreement, each Certificateholder, by accepting
a Trust Certificate, and the Trustee and each Noteholder, by accepting the benefits of this Trust Agreement, hereby covenant and
agree that they will not, prior to the date which is one (1) year and one (1) day (or if longer, the applicable preference period
as shall then be in effect) after payment in full of the Notes rated by any Rating Agency (or such longer preference period as
shall then be in effect), institute against the Trust, or join in any institution against the Trust of, any bankruptcy proceedings
under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Trust Certificates,
the Notes, this Trust Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall
prevent the Owner Trustee from filing a proof of claim in any such proceeding.

 

(c)          The
provisions of this Section 11.08 shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

 

Section 11.09         No
Recourse.

 

To the extent permitted
by Applicable Law, each Certificateholder by accepting a Trust Certificate acknowledges that such Certificateholder’s Trust
Certificates represent beneficial interests in the Trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations of the Trust Depositor,
the Servicer, the Seller, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Company, the Trustee, Certificate Registrar or any Affiliate thereof and
no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated in this Trust
Agreement, the Trust Certificates or the Transaction Documents. Each Certificateholder by accepting a Trust Certificate (i) acknowledges
that such Trust Certificate represents a beneficial interest in the Trust only and does not represent an interest in or an obligation
of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Seller, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, or any Affiliate of the foregoing, and no recourse
may be had against any such party or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated in the Transaction Documents
and (ii) enters into the undertakings and agreements provided for such Certificateholder set forth in Section 13.09 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement. The right to distributions of the assets of the Trust or the proceeds thereof arising under this Agreement
or the Trust Certificates shall be payable solely in accordance with the priority set forth in Section 7.05 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement until the final discharge of the Indenture, and no Certificateholder shall have any recourse against the Trust except
in accordance therewith. The provisions of this Section 11.09 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.10         Headings.

 

The headings of the
various Articles and Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions
hereof.

 

    	37

    	 

    

 

Section 11.11       GOVERNING
LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

 

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL
BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE
OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS. SECTION 3540 OF TITLE
12 OF THE DELAWARE CODE SHALL NOT APPLY TO THIS TRUST.

 

Any
legal action or proceeding with respect to this Trust Agreement may be brought in the courts of the United States for the District
of Delaware, and by execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement, each party hereto consents, for itself and in respect of its
property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of those courts. Each such party irrevocably waives any objection, including any objection
to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any
action or proceeding in such jurisdiction in respect of this Trust Agreement or any document related hereto.

 

To
the extent permitted by applicable law, each party hereto irrevocably waives all right of trial by jury in any action, proceeding
or counterclaim based on, or arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or any matter arising hereunder.

 

Section 11.12         Termination
of Original Trust Agreement.

 

The parties hereto
agree that the Original Trust Agreement is hereby superseded in its entirety by this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left
Blank.]

 

    	38

    	 

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized,
as of the day and year first above written.

 

	 	
        HORIZON FUNDING 2013-1 LLC, as Trust

        Depositor

	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
	 	Name:	Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
	 	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

  

	Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1
	A&R Trust Agreement

  

    	 

    	 

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized,
as of the day and year first above written.

 

	 	
        WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL 

        ASSOCIATION, as Owner Trustee and as
        the

        Trust Company

	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Yvette L. Howell
	 	Name:	Yvette L. Howell
	 	Title:	Assistant Vice President

  

Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

A&R Trust Agreement 

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized,
as of the day and year first above written.

  

	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, hereby accepts the appointment as Certificate Registrar and paying agent pursuant to Sections 3.04 and 3.09 hereof and agrees to be bound by the obligations expressly set forth herein applicable to it in such capacities.
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Melissa A. Rosal
	 	Name:	Melissa A. Rosal
	 	Title:	Vice President

  

Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

A&R Trust Agreement

  

    	 

    	 

    

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF TRUST CERTIFICATE

 

THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE
HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE, AGREES THAT THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE MAY BE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED
OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAW AND ONLY TO (1) A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER,” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” AS DEFINED
IN SECTION 2(A)(51) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 (EACH SUCH PERSON, A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER”), (2) AN
INSTITUTION THAT QUALIFIES AS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7)
OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) THAT IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EITHER CASE, IS ACQUIRING SUCH TRUST CERTIFICATE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT
(AND NOT FOR THE ACCOUNT OF OTHERS) OR AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT FOR OTHERS (WHICH OTHERS ALSO ARE INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS),
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN EACH CASE, SUBJECT TO (A) THE RECEIPT BY
THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE CERTIFICATE REGISTRAR OF A LETTER SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM PROVIDED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT AND (B) THE
RECEIPT BY THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE CERTIFICATE REGISTRAR OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER TRUSTEE THAT SUCH REOFFER,
RESALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAW OR IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND SECURITIES AND BLUE SKY LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY
OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, (3) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (4) PURSUANT TO A VALID REGISTRATION STATEMENT. EACH INVESTOR IN THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE WILL
BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ACQUIRING THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE
FOR, ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ANY ASSETS OF, AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO PART 4, SUBTITLE B, TITLE I OF
THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN
ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLANS (COLLECTIVELY, A “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR”) OR A PLAN OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO
ANY PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIVELY SIMILAR TO THE FOREGOING
PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH TRUST
CERTIFICATE OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA
OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF SIMILAR LAW. SUCH REPRESENTATION SHALL BE DEEMED MADE ON EACH DAY FROM
THE DATE ON WHICH THE ACQUIRER ACQUIRES ITS INTEREST IN THE TRUST CERTIFICATE THROUGH AND INCLUDING THE DATE ON WHICH THE ACQUIRER
DISPOSES OF ITS INTEREST IN THE TRUST CERTIFICATE.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE IS NOT GUARANTEED
OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

 

NO TRANSFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER
DISPOSITION OF ONE OR MORE TRUST CERTIFICATES (A “TRANSFER”) SHALL BE MADE UNLESS SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THE TRANSFER
THE PERCENTAGE INTEREST OF THE TRUST CERTIFICATES SO TRANSFERRED IS NO LESS THAN TEN (10%) PERCENT.

 

	NUMBER 1	PERCENTAGE INTEREST: 100%

 

    	A-1-2

    	 

    

 

HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1

 

TRUST CERTIFICATE

 

Evidencing a beneficial
ownership interest in the Trust, as defined below, the property of which includes primarily the Loans transferred to the Trust
by Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC.

 

(This Trust Certificate
does not represent an interest in or obligation of Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC, Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (the “Servicer”)
or the Owner Trustee (as defined below) (as such or in its individual capacity) or any of their respective affiliates, except to
the extent described below.)

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT
HORIZON FUNDING 2013-1 LLC is the registered owner of the nonassessable, fully paid, beneficial ownership interest in HORIZON FUNDING
TRUST 2013-1 (the “Trust”) formed by Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC, in the Percentage Interest evidenced hereby.

 

The Trust was created
pursuant to a Trust Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2013 (as amended and restated as of June 28, 2013 and as further amended, modified,
restated, waived, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “Trust Agreement”), between Horizon Funding
2013-1 LLC, as trust depositor (the “Trust Depositor”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as owner
trustee (the “Owner Trustee”), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which is set forth below
and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 18, 2013. To the extent not otherwise
defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust Agreement.

 

This Trust Certificate
is one of a duly authorized issue of Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1 Certificates (herein called the “Trust Certificates”).
This Trust Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which
Trust Agreement the holder of this Trust Certificate by virtue of its acceptance hereof assents and by which such holder is bound.

 

Under the Trust Agreement,
there will be distributed on the 15th day of each January, April, July and October or, if such 15th day is not a Business Day,
the next Business Day (each, a “Payment Date”), commencing on August 15, 2013, to the Person in whose name this
Trust Certificate is registered at the close of business on the last Business Day of the month immediately preceding the Payment
Date (the “Record Date”), such Certificateholder’s Percentage Interest in the amount to be distributed
to Certificateholders on such Payment Date pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

 

The Holder of this
Trust Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its rights to receive distributions in respect of this Trust Certificate are subordinated
to the rights of the Noteholders as described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

 

Each Certificateholder
must represent and warrant that it is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code
and provide the Certificate Registrar with a correct, complete and properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or
appropriate successor form).

 

    	A-1-3

    	 

    

  

It is the intent of
the Trust Depositor, the Servicer and the Certificateholders that, (i) in the event that the Trust Certificates are owned
by a single Holder, for federal income tax purposes, the Trust will be treated as disregarded as an entity separate from such Holder,
and such Holder, by acceptance of the Trust Certificates, agrees to take no action inconsistent with such treatment and (ii) in
the event that the Trust Certificates are owned by more than one Holder, for federal income tax purposes, the Trust will be treated
as a partnership, other than a publicly traded partnership, the partners of which are the Certificateholders, and the Certificateholders,
by acceptance of a Trust Certificate, respectively, agree to treat the Trust Certificates as equity and to take no action inconsistent
with such treatment.

 

This Certificate may
not be acquired or owned by any person that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partnership, subchapter S corporation
or grantor trust unless (A)(i) none of the direct or indirect beneficial owners of any interest in such person have or ever will
have more than 40% of the value of its interest in such person attributable to the interest of such person in the combined value
of the Certificate and any other equity interests of the Trust held by such person, and (2) it is not and will not be a principal
purpose of the arrangement involving the investment of such person in the Certificate and any other equity interests of the Trust
to permit any partnership to satisfy the 100 partner limitation of Treas. Reg. § 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) or (B) such person obtains
a written opinion of nationally recognized U.S. tax counsel that such transfer will not cause the Trust to be treated as a publicly
traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

 

This Certificate may
not be acquired, and no Certificateholder may sell, transfer, assign, participate, pledge or otherwise dispose of the Certificate
or other equity in the Trust or cause the Certificate or other equity interest in the Trust to be marketed, (A) on or through an
“established securities market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code and Treas. Reg. § 1.7704-1(b),
including, without limitation, an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations, or (B)
if such acquisition, sale, transfer, assignment, participation, pledge or other disposition would cause the combined number of
holders the Certificate and other equity interests in the Trust to be held by more than 90 persons.

 

To the fullest extent
permitted by Applicable Law, each Certificateholder, by its acceptance of a Trust Certificate, covenants and agrees that such Certificateholder,
will not prior to the date which is one (1) year and one (1) day (or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect)
after the payment in full of the Notes rated by any Rating Agency, institute against the Trust, or join in any institution against
the Trust of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any
United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Trust Certificates,
the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents.

 

    	A-1-4

    	 

    

 

Distributions on this
Trust Certificate will be made as provided in the Trust Agreement by the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent by wire
transfer or check mailed to the Certificateholder of record in the Certificate Register without the presentation or surrender of
this Trust Certificate or the making of any notation hereon. Except as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement and notwithstanding
the above, the final distribution on this Trust Certificate will be made after due notice by the Trustee or any other party acting
as paying agent of the pendency of such distribution and only upon presentation and surrender of this Trust Certificate at the
office or agency maintained for that purpose by the Trustee or any other party acting as paying agent.

 

Reference is hereby
made to the further provisions of this Trust Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all
purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Unless the certificate
of authentication hereon shall have been executed by an authorized officer of the Certificate Registrar, by manual signature, this
Trust Certificate shall not entitle the Holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement
or be valid for any purpose.

 

THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND
THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

    	A-1-5

    	 

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, has caused this Trust Certificate to be duly executed. 

 

	 	HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1
	 	 	 
	 	By:	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, solely as Owner Trustee and not in its individual capacity
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the
Trust Certificates of Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1 referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement. 

 

	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Certificate Registrar
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  

    	A-1-6

    	 

    

  

[REVERSE OF TRUST CERTIFICATE]

 

The Trust Certificates
do not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or any affiliates of
any of them and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as expressly set forth or contemplated herein
or in the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or the Transaction Documents. In addition, this Trust Certificate is not guaranteed by
any governmental agency or instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to certain collections and recoveries with respect
to the Loans (and certain other amounts), all as more specifically set forth herein and in the Transaction Documents. A copy of
each of the Transaction Documents may be examined by any Certificateholder upon written request during normal business hours at
the principal office of the Trust Depositor and at such other places, if any, designated by the Trust Depositor.

 

The Trust Agreement
permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of
the Trust Depositor and the rights of the Certificateholders under the Trust Agreement at any time, by the Trust Depositor, the
Trust Company and the Owner Trustee with the consent of the holders of the Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a majority
of the outstanding Percentage Interest and of the holders of the Majority Noteholders. Any such consent by the holder of this Trust
Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such holder and on all future holders of this Trust Certificate and of any Trust
Certificate issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent is
made upon this Trust Certificate. The Trust Agreement also permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances, without
the consent of the holders of any of the Trust Certificates.

 

As provided in the
Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Trust Certificate is registerable in
the Certificate Register upon surrender of this Trust Certificate for registration of transfer at the offices or agencies of the
Certificate Registrar, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate
Registrar duly executed by the holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more
new Trust Certificates of authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate interest in the Trust will be issued to the designated
transferee. The initial Certificate Registrar appointed under the Trust Agreement is U.S. Bank National Association.

 

The Trust Certificates
are issuable only as registered Trust Certificates without coupons in minimum Percentage Interests of ten (10%) percent and integral
multiples of one (1%) percent in excess thereof; provided that one Trust Certificate may be issued in a different denomination.
As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Trust Certificates are exchangeable for
new Trust Certificates of authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering
the same. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate
Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

    	A-1-7

    	 

    

  

The Owner Trustee,
the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may treat the Person in whose name this
Trust Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and none of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar
or any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Trust Certificate
may not be acquired directly or indirectly by, or held by, on behalf of or with plan assets of any employee benefit plans, retirement
arrangements, individual retirement accounts or Keogh plans subject to either part 4, Subtitle B, Title I of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or an
entity whose underlying assets include plan assets of any plan. By accepting and holding this Trust Certificate, the Holder hereof
shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not any of the foregoing entities.

 

This Trust Certificate
may not be transferred to any person who is not a U.S. Person, as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal
Revenue Code, as amended.

 

Each purchaser of the
Trust Certificates shall be required, prior to purchasing a Trust Certificate, to execute the Purchaser’s Representation
and Warranty Letter in the form attached to the Trust Agreement as Exhibit C.

 

The obligations and
responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon (i) the payment to Certificateholders
of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the disposition
of all property held as part of the Trust and (ii) the written consent of the Certificateholders. The Servicer on behalf of
the Trustee has the option to cause the sale of the corpus of the Trust at a price and pursuant to procedures specified in the
Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and such sale of the receivables and other property of the Trust will effect early
retirement of the Trust Certificates.

 

    	A-1-8

    	 

    

  

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED
the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR

OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

	
 

	 

                                    (Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)

	 
	
 

	 

                                    the within Trust Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

	 
	
 

	 

                                    to transfer said Trust Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

  

Dated:

 

	 	 	*
	 	Signature Guaranteed:	 
	 	 	*

 

 

* NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Trust Certificate
in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must be guaranteed by a member firm
of the New York Stock Exchange or a commercial bank or trust company.

 

    	A-1-9

    	 

    

 

EXHIBIT B

 

CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF

HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1

 

This Certificate of
Trust of HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1 (the “Trust”), is being duly executed and filed by the undersigned, as
owner trustee, to form a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Statute (12 Del. Code, § 3801 et seq.)
(the “Act”).

 

1.          Name.
The name of the statutory trust formed hereby is HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1.

 

2.          Delaware
Trustee. The name and business address of a trustee of the Trust having its principal place of business in the State of Delaware
is Wilmington Trust, National Association, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, Attention: Corporate Trust
Administration.

 

3.          Effective
Date. This Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the undersigned, being the only owner trustee of the Trust, has duly executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3811(a)(1)
of the Act.

 

	 	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as owner trustee of the Trust
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	Name:	 
	 	Title:	 

  

    	 

    	 

    

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Purchaser’s Representation
and Warranty Letter

 

Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Owner Trustee

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

U.S. Bank National Association, as Certificate
Registrar

60 Livingston Avenue, EP-MN WS3D

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

Attention: Structured Finance – Horizon
2013-1 

 

		Re:	Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1 (the “Trust”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with
our proposed acquisition of Trust Certificates (the “Trust Certificates”) issued under the Trust Agreement,
dated as of June 18, 2013 (as amended and restated as of June 28, 2013 and as further amended, modified, restated, replaced, waived,
substituted, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “Agreement”; capitalized terms used but not defined
herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement), between Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC, as Trust Depositor (the
“Trust Depositor”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Owner Trustee, the undersigned (the “Purchaser”)
represents, warrants and agrees that:

 

1.          It
is (1) the Trust Depositor or an Affiliate thereof, (2) a Qualified Institutional Buyer (a “QIB”) for purposes
of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is acquiring the Trust Certificates for its own institutional account or for the account
of a QIB or (3) an Institutional “Accredited Investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501 (a)(1)-(3) or (7) under the
Securities Act) purchasing for investment and not for distribution in violation of the act.

 

2.          It
is not, and is not acting on behalf of or with any plan assets of, an employee benefit plan, retirement arrangement, individual
retirement account or Keogh plan subject to either Part 4, Subtitle B, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended, or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or an entity whose underlying assets
include plan assets of any such plan.

 

3.          It
is a U.S. Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and it has provided to the Certificate Registrar a correct,
complete and properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or appropriate successor form).

 

    	C-1-1

    	 

    

  

4.          It
has such knowledge and experience in evaluating business and financial matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of an investment in the Trust Certificates. It understands the full nature and risks of an investment in the Trust Certificates
and based upon its present and projected net income and net worth, it believes that it can bear the economic risk of an immediate
or future loss of its entire investment in the Trust Certificates.

 

5.          It
understands that the Trust Certificates will be offered in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of
the Securities Act, and that, if in the future it decides to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer any Trust Certificates, such
Trust Certificates may be resold, pledged or transferred only (a) to a person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB/QP
that purchases for its own account or for the account of another QIB/QP or (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act.

 

6.          It
understands that each Trust Certificate will bear legends substantially to the following effect:

 

THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE HAS
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF,
BY PURCHASING THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE, AGREES THAT THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE MAY BE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAW AND ONLY (1) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER,”
AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 2(A)(51) OF
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 (EACH SUCH PERSON, A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER”) , (2) AN INSTITUTION THAT QUALIFIES
AS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT (“INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) THAT IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT AND, IN EITHER CASE, IS ACQUIRING SUCH TRUST CERTIFICATE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (AND NOT FOR THE ACCOUNT OF OTHERS) OR AS A FIDUCIARY
OR AGENT FOR OTHERS (WHICH OTHERS ALSO ARE INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS), PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN EACH CASE, SUBJECT TO (A) THE RECEIPT BY THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE CERTIFICATE REGISTRAR OF A LETTER
SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM PROVIDED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT AND (B) THE RECEIPT BY THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE CERTIFICATE REGISTRAR
OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER TRUSTEE THAT SUCH REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAW OR IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND SECURITIES
AND BLUE SKY LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, (3) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE
UNDER THE ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (4) PURSUANT TO A VALID REGISTRATION STATEMENT. EACH
INVESTOR IN THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT DIRECTLY
OR INDIRECTLY ACQUIRING THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE FOR, ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ANY ASSETS OF, AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT
SUBJECT TO PART 4, SUBTITLE B, TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”),
A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING
ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLANS (COLLECTIVELY, A “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR”) OR A PLAN OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT
SUBJECT TO ANY PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIVELY SIMILAR
TO THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF
SUCH TRUST CERTIFICATE OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION
406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF SIMILAR LAW. SUCH REPRESENTATION SHALL BE DEEMED MADE ON
EACH DAY FROM THE DATE ON WHICH THE ACQUIRER ACQUIRES ITS INTEREST IN THE TRUST CERTIFICATE THROUGH AND INCLUDING THE DATE ON WHICH
THE ACQUIRER DISPOSES OF ITS INTEREST IN THE TRUST CERTIFICATE.

 

    	C-1-2

    	 

    

  

THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE IS
NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

 

NO TRANSFER, SALE, PLEDGE
OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF ONE OR MORE TRUST CERTIFICATES (A “TRANSFER”) SHALL BE MADE UNLESS SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THE
TRANSFER THE PERCENTAGE INTEREST OF THE TRUST CERTIFICATES SO TRANSFERRED IS NO LESS THAN TEN (10%) PERCENT.

 

7.          It
is acquiring the Trust Certificates for its own account and not with a view to the public offering thereof in violation of the
Securities Act (subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that disposition of its property shall at all times be and remain within
its control).

 

8.          It
has been furnished with all information regarding the Trust and Trust Certificates which it has requested from the Trust and the
Trust Depositor.

 

    	C-1-3

    	 

    

 

9.          Neither
it nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered, transferred, pledged, sold or otherwise disposed of any Trust Certificate, any
interest in any Trust Certificate or any other similar security to, or solicited any offer to buy or accept a transfer, pledge
or other disposition of any Trust Certificate, any interest in any Trust Certificate or any other similar security from, or otherwise
approached or negotiated with respect to any Trust Certificate, any interest in any Trust Certificate or any other similar security
with, any person in any manner or made any general solicitation by means of general advertising or in any other manner, which would
constitute a distribution of the Trust Certificates under the Securities Act or which would require registration pursuant to the
Securities Act nor will it act, nor has it authorized or will authorize any person to act, in such manner with respect to any Trust
Certificate.

 

10.         It
is a Qualified Purchaser (“QP”) for purposes of Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act.

 

11.         It
acknowledges and agrees that no Certificate may be acquired or owned by any person that is classified for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as a partnership, subchapter S corporation or grantor trust unless (A)(1) none of the direct or indirect beneficial
owners of any interest in such person have or ever will have more than 40% of the value of its interest in such person attributable
to the aggregate interest of such person in the combined value of the Certificates and any other equity interests of the Trust
held by such person, and (2) it is not and will not be a principal purpose of the arrangement involving the investment of
such person in the Certificates and any other equity interests of the Trust to permit any partnership to satisfy the 100 partner
limitation of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) or (B) such person obtains a written opinion of nationally
recognized U.S. tax counsel that such transfer will not cause the Trust to be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable
as a corporation.

 

12.         It
acknowledges and agrees that the Certificates may not be acquired, and it may not sell, transfer, assign, participate, pledge or
otherwise dispose of the Certificates or other equity interest in the Trust or cause the Certificate or other equity interest in
the Trust to be marketed, (A) on or through an “established securities market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1)
of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(b), including without limitation, an interdealer quotation system
that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations or (B) if such acquisition, sale, transfer, assignment, participation,
pledge or other disposition would cause the combined number of holders of the Certificates and other equity interests in the Trust
to be more than 90 persons.

 

13.         It
acknowledges and agrees that it will not enter into any financial instrument the payments on which are, or the value of which is,
determined in whole or in part by reference to the Certificates or other equity interests in the Trust (including the amount of
distributions on the Certificates or equity interests, the value of the Trust’s assets, or the result of the Trust’s
operations), or any contract that otherwise is described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(a)(2)(i)(B).

 

14.         It
acknowledges and agrees that any sale, transfer, assignment, participation, pledge, or other disposition of the Certificates that
would violate any of the three preceding paragraphs above or otherwise cause the Trust to be unable to rely on the “private
placement” safe harbor of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h) will be void and of no force or effect, and it
will not transfer any interest in the Certificate to any person that does not agree to be bound by the three preceding paragraphs
above or by this paragraph.

 

    	C-1-4

    	 

    

  

Dated:____________

 

	 	Very truly yours,
	 	 
	 	Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	Name:  Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
	 	 
	 	Title: Chief Executive Officer 

  

    	C-1-5EXECUTION COPY

 

 

SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

HORIZON FUNDING TRUST
2013-1,

as the Issuer,

 

HORIZON FUNDING 2013-1
LLC,

as the Trust Depositor,

 

HORIZON TECHNOLOGY
FINANCE CORPORATION

as the Seller and as the Servicer,

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,

as the Trustee, Backup Servicer, Custodian and Securities Intermediary

 

Dated as of June 28, 2013

 

 

Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

Asset-Backed Notes 

           

    	 

    	 

    

 

Table
of Contents

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS	2
	 	 
	Section 1.01.	Definitions	2
	 	 	 
	Section 1.02.	Usage of Terms	30
	 	 	 
	Section 1.03.	Section References	31
	 	 	 
	Section 1.04.	Calculations	31
	 	 	 
	Section 1.05.	Accounting Terms	31
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2. ESTABLISHMENT OF ISSUER; TRANSFER OF LOAN ASSETS	31
	 	 
	Section 2.01.	Creation and Funding of Issuer; Transfer of Loan Assets	31
	 	 	 
	Section 2.02.	Conditions to Transfer of Initial Loan Assets to Issuer	33
	 	 	 
	Section 2.03.	Acceptance by Issuer	35
	 	 	 
	Section 2.04.	Conveyance of Substitute Loans	35
	 	 	 
	Section 2.05.	Optional Sales of Loans	36
	 	 	 
	Section 2.06.	Optional Substitution of Loans	37
	 	 	 
	Section 2.07.	Release of Excluded Amounts	38
	 	 	 
	Section 2.08.	Delivery of the Required Loan Documents	38
	 	 	 
	Section 2.09.	Limitations on Optional Sale and Substitution	39
	 	 	 
	Section 2.10.	Certification by Custodian; Possession of the Required Loan Documents	39
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	41
	 	 
	Section 3.01.	Representations and Warranties Regarding the Trust Depositor	41
	 	 	 
	Section 3.02.	Representations and Warranties Regarding Each Loan and as to Certain Loans in the Aggregate	45
	 	 	 
	Section 3.03.	[Reserved]	46
	 	 	 
	Section 3.04.	Representations and Warranties Regarding the Required Loan Documents	46
	 	 	 
	Section 3.05.	[Reserved]	46
	 	 	 
	Section 3.06.	Representations and Warranties Regarding the Servicer	46
	 	 	 
	Section 3.07.	Representations of the Backup Servicer.  The Backup Servicer represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee that:	47

 

    	-i-

    	 

    

 

Table
of Contents

(continued)

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4. PERFECTION OF TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS	49
	 	 	 
	Section 4.01.	Custody of Loans	49
	 	 	 
	Section 4.02.	Filing	49
	 	 	 
	Section 4.03.	Changes in Name, Organizational Structure or Location	49
	 	 	 
	Section 4.04.	Costs and Expenses	50
	 	 	 
	Section 4.05.	Sale Treatment	50
	 	 	 
	Section 4.06.	Separateness from Trust Depositor	50
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5. SERVICING OF LOANS	50
	 	 
	Section 5.01.	Appointment and Acceptance	50
	 	 	 
	Section 5.02.	Duties of the Servicer and the Backup Servicer	51
	 	 	 
	Section 5.03.	Liquidation of Loans	57
	 	 	 
	Section 5.04.	[Reserved.]	58
	 	 	 
	Section 5.05.	Maintenance of Insurance	58
	 	 	 
	Section 5.06.	Collection of Certain Loan Payments	59
	 	 	 
	Section 5.07.	Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Loans	59
	 	 	 
	Section 5.08.	Satisfaction of Collateral and Release of Required Loan Documents	60
	 	 	 
	Section 5.09.	Scheduled Payment Advances; Servicing Advances and Nonrecoverable Advances	61
	 	 	 
	Section 5.10.	Title, Management and Disposition of Foreclosed Property	62
	 	 	 
	Section 5.11.	Servicing Compensation	64
	 	 	 
	Section 5.12.	Assignment; Resignation	64
	 	 	 
	Section 5.13.	Merger or Consolidation of Servicer	65
	 	 	 
	Section 5.14.	Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others	65
	 	 	 
	Section 5.15.	Determination of Reserve Account Required Balance	66
	 	 	 
	Section 5.16.	Rights of and Limitation of Liability of Backup Servicer	66
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6. COVENANTS OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR	67
	 	 
	Section 6.01.	Legal Existence	67
	 	 	 
	Section 6.02.	[Reserved]	67
	 	 	 
	Section 6.03.	Security Interests	67
	 	 	 
	Section 6.04.	Delivery of Collections	68

 

    	-ii-

    	 

    

 

Table
of Contents

(continued)

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	Section 6.05.	Regulatory Filings	68
	 	 	 
	Section 6.06.	Compliance with Law	68
	 	 	 
	Section 6.07.	Activities; Transfers of Notes or Certificates by Trust Depositor	68
	 	 	 
	Section 6.08.	Indebtedness	68
	 	 	 
	Section 6.09.	Guarantees	69
	 	 	 
	Section 6.10.	Investments	69
	 	 	 
	Section 6.11.	Merger; Sales	69
	 	 	 
	Section 6.12.	Distributions	69
	 	 	 
	Section 6.13.	Other Agreements	69
	 	 	 
	Section 6.14.	Separate Legal Existence	70
	 	 	 
	Section 6.15.	Location; Records	70
	 	 	 
	Section 6.16.	Liability of Trust Depositor	70
	 	 	 
	Section 6.17.	Bankruptcy Limitations	70
	 	 	 
	Section 6.18.	Limitation on Liability of Trust Depositor and Others	71
	 	 	 
	Section 6.19.	Payments from Obligors	71
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7. ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS; DISTRIBUTIONS;	71
	 	 
	Section 7.01.	Distribution Account; Lockbox Account and Other Accounts	71
	 	 	 
	Section 7.02.	Reserve Account	72
	 	 	 
	Section 7.03.	Collection Account	73
	 	 	 
	Section 7.04.	Securityholder Distributions	76
	 	 	 
	Section 7.05.	Allocations and Distributions	76
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8. SERVICER DEFAULT; SERVICER TRANSFER	79
	 	 
	Section 8.01.	Servicer Default	79
	 	 	 
	Section 8.02.	Servicer Transfer	80
	 	 	 
	Section 8.03.	Acceptance by Successor Servicer; Reconveyance; Successor Servicer to Act	81
	 	 	 
	Section 8.04.	Notification to Securityholders	83
	 	 	 
	Section 8.05.	Effect of Transfer	84
	 	 	 
	Section 8.06.	Database File	84

 

    	-iii-

    	 

    

 

Table
of Contents

(continued)

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	Section 8.07.	Waiver of Defaults	84
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 9. REPORTS	84
	 	 	 
	Section 9.01.	Monthly Reports	84
	 	 	 
	Section 9.02.	Quarterly Reports	85
	 	 	 
	Section 9.03.	Preparation of Reports; Officer’s Certificate	85
	 	 	 
	Section 9.04.	Other Data; Obligor Financial Information	86
	 	 	 
	Section 9.05.	Annual Report of Accountants	88
	 	 	 
	Section 9.06.	Statements of Compliance from Servicer	88
	 	 	 
	Section 9.07.	[Reserved]	88
	 	 	 
	Section 9.08.	Notices of Event of Default, Servicer Default or Rapid Amortization Event	89
	 	 	 
	Section 9.09.	Trustee’s Right to Examine Servicer Records, Audit Operations and Deliver Information to Noteholders	89
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10. TERMINATION	89
	 	 	 
	Section 10.01.	Optional Redemption of Notes; Rights of Certificateholders Following Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	89
	 	 	 
	Section 10.02.	Termination	90
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 11. REMEDIES UPON MISREPRESENTATION; REPURCHASE OPTION	91
	 	 
	Section 11.01.	Repurchases of, or Substitution for, Loans for Breach of Representations and Warranties	91
	 	 	 
	Section 11.02.	Reassignment of Repurchased or Substituted Loans	91
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12. INDEMNITIES	92
	 	 
	Section 12.01.	Indemnification by Servicer	92
	 	 	 
	Section 12.02.	Indemnification by Trust Depositor	93
	 	 	 
	Section 12.03.	Survival	93
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 13. MISCELLANEOUS	93
	 	 
	Section 13.01.	Amendment	93
	 	 	 
	Section 13.02.	[Reserved]	94
	 	 	 
	Section 13.03.	Governing Law	94
	 	 	 
	Section 13.04.	Notices	95
	 	 	 
	Section 13.05.	Severability of Provisions	98

 

    	-iv-

    	 

    

 

Table
of Contents

(continued)

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	Section 13.06.	Third Party Beneficiaries	98
	 	 	 
	Section 13.07.	Counterparts	98
	 	 	 
	Section 13.08.	Headings	98
	 	 	 
	Section 13.09.	No Bankruptcy Petition; Disclaimer	99
	 	 	 
	Section 13.10.	Jurisdiction	99
	 	 	 
	Section 13.11.	Tax Characterization	99
	 	 	 
	Section 13.12.	[Reserved]	99
	 	 	 
	Section 13.13.	Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee	100
	 	 	 
	Section 13.14.	[Reserved]	100
	 	 	 
	Section 13.15.	No Partnership	100
	 	 	 
	Section 13.16.	Successors and Assigns	100
	 	 	 
	Section 13.17.	Acts of Holders	100
	 	 	 
	Section 13.18.	Duration of Agreement	100
	 	 	 
	Section 13.19.	Limited Recourse	101
	 	 	 
	Section 13.20.	Confidentiality	101
	 	 	 
	Section 13.21.	Non-Confidentiality of Tax Treatment	102

  

    	-v-

    	 

    

 

EXHIBITS

 

	Exhibit A	Form of Assignment	A-1
	Exhibit B	Form of Closing Certificate of Trust Depositor	B-1
	Exhibit C	Form of Closing Certificate of Servicer/Seller	C-1
	Exhibit D	Form of Liquidation Report	D-1
	Exhibit E	[Reserved]	E-1
	Exhibit F	Servicer Officer’s Certificate	F-1
	Exhibit G	List of Loans	G-1
	Exhibit H-1	Form of Quarterly Report	H-1
	Exhibit H-2	Form of Monthly Report	H-2
	Exhibit I	[Reserved]	I-1
	Exhibit J	[Reserved]	J-1
	Exhibit K	Form of Certification Regarding Required Loan Documents	K-1
	Exhibit L-1	Form of Initial Certification	L-1
	Exhibit L-2	Form of Final Certification	L-2
	Exhibit M	Form of Request for Release of Documents	M-1

  

    	-vi-

    	 

    

 

SALE
AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

THIS SALE AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT, dated as of June 28, 2013, is by and among:

 

(1)         HORIZON
FUNDING TRUST 2013-1, a statutory trust created and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (together with its successors
and assigns, the “Issuer”);

 

(2)         HORIZON
FUNDING 2013-1 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the trust depositor (together with its successor and assigns,
in such capacity, the “Trust Depositor”);

 

(3)         HORIZON
TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Horizon”),
as the servicer (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Servicer”),
and as the seller (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Seller”); and

 

(4)         U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (together with its successors and assigns, “U.S. Bank”),
not in its individual capacity but as the trustee (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Trustee”),
not in its individual capacity but as the backup servicer (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Backup
Servicer”), not in its individual capacity but as the custodian (together with its successors and assigns in such
capacity, the “Custodian”) and not in its individual capacity but solely as securities intermediary (together
with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Securities Intermediary”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, in
the regular course of its business, the Seller originates Loans (as defined herein);

 

WHEREAS, the
Trust Depositor acquired the Initial Loans from the Seller and may acquire from time to time thereafter certain Substitute Loans;

 

WHEREAS, it
is a condition to the Trust Depositor’s acquisition of the Initial Loans and any Substitute Loans from the Seller that the
Seller make certain representations and warranties regarding the Loan Assets for the benefit of the Trust Depositor as well as
the Issuer;

 

WHEREAS, on
the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will sell, convey and assign all its right, title and interest in the Initial Loan Assets
and certain other assets to the Issuer as provided herein;

 

WHEREAS, the
Issuer is willing to purchase and accept assignment of the Loan Assets from the Trust Depositor pursuant to the terms hereof;

 

    	 

    	 

    

  

WHEREAS, the
Servicer is willing to service the Loan Assets for the benefit and account of the Issuer pursuant to the terms hereof; and

 

WHEREAS, the
Backup Servicer is willing to provide backup servicing for the Loan Assets.

 

NOW, THEREFORE,
based upon the above recitals, the mutual premises and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as
follows:

 

ARTICLE
1.

DEFINITIONS

 

Section
1.01.         Definitions.

 

Whenever used in this
Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

 

“1940
Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

“Adjusted Pool Balance”
means, as of any Payment Date, the Pool Balance minus (a) the Excess Concentration Amounts and (b) the aggregate Outstanding Loan
Balance of all Delinquent Loans and Restructured Loans as of such Payment Date.

 

“Administration Agreement”
means the Administration Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, dated as of
June 28, 2013, among the Issuer, the Administrator, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee.

 

“Administrator” means
Horizon, as administrator pursuant to the Administration Agreement.

 

“Administrative Expenses”
means fees and expenses (excluding amounts related to indemnification) due or accrued with respect to any Payment Date and payable
by the Issuer:

 

(a)          to
any Person in respect of any governmental fee, charge or tax in relation to the Issuer;

 

(b)          to
the Trustee, Lockbox Bank and the Custodian, (i) any monthly fees to be paid to it pursuant to the Transaction Documents, (ii)
any additional fees, expenses or other amounts due and owing thereto and (iii) if a Successor Servicer is being appointed, any
Servicing Transfer Costs incurred by the Trustee;

 

(c)          to
the Owner Trustee, (i) any monthly fees to be paid to it pursuant to the Transaction Documents and (ii) any additional fees, expenses
or other amounts due and owing thereto;

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

(d)          to
the Backup Servicer, (i) the Backup Servicer Fee to be paid to it pursuant to the Transaction Documents, (ii) any additional fees,
expenses or other amounts due and owing thereto and (iii) fees and expenses and other amounts payable to the Backup Servicer in
connection with a Servicer Transfer pursuant to Section 8.02(c);

 

(e)          to
the Independent Accountants, agents and counsel of the Issuer for fees and expenses including, but not limited to, audit fees and
expenses, and to the Servicer for expenses and other amounts (excluding the Servicing Fee, any Scheduled Payment Advances and any
Servicing Advances) payable under this Agreement;

 

(f)          to
the Trustee, for unpaid fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) incurred in the exercise of its
rights and remedies on behalf of the Securityholders pursuant to Article V of the Indenture; and

 

(g)          to
Moody’s for its surveillance fees in relation to the Notes;

 

provided that
Administrative Expenses will not include (I) any amounts due or accrued with respect to the actions taken on or in connection with
the Closing Date, (II) any principal of or interest on any Notes or (III) amounts payable to Trustee and the Owner Trustee in respect
of indemnification.

 

“Advance Rate” means
fifty-two percent (52.0%).

 

“Advisor” means Horizon
Technology Finance Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Affiliate”
of any specified Person means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control
with such Person, or is a director or officer of such Person; provided that for purposes of determining whether any Loan
is an Eligible Loan or any Obligor is an Eligible Obligor, the term Affiliate shall not include any Affiliate relationship which
may exist solely as a result of direct or indirect ownership of, or control by, a common owner which is a financial institution,
fund or other investment vehicle which is in the business of making diversified investments including investments independent from
the Loans. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled
by” and “under common control with”), when used with respect to any specified Person means the possession, direct
or indirect, of the power to vote 25% or more of the voting securities of such Person or to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Each of the
Trustee and the Owner Trustee may conclusively presume that a Person is not an Affiliate of another Person unless a Responsible
Officer of such trustee has actual knowledge to the contrary.

 

“Aggregate
Outstanding Loan Balance” means, as of any date, the sum of the Outstanding Loan Balance for each Loan owned by
the Issuer.

 

    	3

    	 

    

  

“Aggregate Outstanding Pool Balance”
means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the Aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance and (ii) the amount of Collections
on deposit in the Collection Account.

 

“Aggregate
Outstanding Principal Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Outstanding Principal Balances
of the Notes on such date.

 

“Agreement”
means this Sale and Servicing Agreement, as amended, modified, waived, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance
with the terms hereof.

 

“Applicable Law” means,
for any Person or property of such Person, all existing and future applicable laws, rules, regulations (including proposed, temporary
and final income tax regulations), statutes, treaties, codes, ordinances, permits, certificates, orders and licenses of and interpretations
by any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth in Lending Act, and Regulation Z and
Regulation B of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and applicable judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, awards
or orders of any court, arbitrator or other administrative, judicial, or quasi-judicial tribunal or agency of competent jurisdiction.

 

“Assignment”
means each Assignment, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, relating to an assignment,
transfer and conveyance of Loans and the Related Property by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer.

 

“Available Funds”
means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to the sum of, without duplication, (a) Collections received during the
related Collection Period; (b) interest earned on and any other investment earnings with respect to funds on deposit in each of
the Collection Account and the Reserve Account during the related Interest Period; and (c) any Scheduled Payment Advances deposited
into the Collection Account on the related Reference Date.

 

“Backup Servicer”
has the meaning provided in the Preamble.

 

“Backup Servicer
Fee” means the annual administration fee payable to the Backup Servicer as provided in the fee letter agreement between
the Issuer and U.S. Bank.

 

“Bankruptcy
Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), as amended from time to
time.

 

“Beneficial Owner” shall
have the meaning provided in the Indenture.

 

“Borrowing Base” means,
as of any Payment Date, the product of the Advance Rate and the Adjusted Pool Balance.

 

    	4

    	 

    

 

“Business
Day” means any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) a day on which banking institutions in New York,
New York, Farmington, Connecticut, Wilmington, Delaware, Chicago, Illinois, or St. Paul, Minnesota are authorized or obligated
by law or executive order to be closed.

 

“Certificate”
means the Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1 Certificate representing a beneficial ownership interest in the Issuer and issued pursuant
to the Trust Agreement.

 

“Certificate
Account” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01 of the Trust Agreement.

 

“Certificate
Register” shall have the meaning provided in the Trust Agreement.

 

“Certificateholder”
means the registered holder of the Certificate.

 

“Cleantech Loan” means
a Loan made to an Obligor that provides products and services such as, alternative energy, energy efficiency technologies, green
building materials, water purification, and waste recycling.

 

“Closing
Date” means June 28, 2013.

 

“Co-Lender” means each
lender, other than the Seller, with respect to a Co-Lender Loan.

 

“Co-Lender
Loan” means, with respect to any Loan, (a) the Loan is originated or purchased by the Seller in accordance with
the Credit and Collection Policy as a part of a syndicated loan transaction that has been fully consummated prior to such Loan
becoming part of the Collateral, (b) the Issuer, as assignee of the Loan, has all of the rights (including without limitation voting
rights) of the Seller with respect to such Loan and the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Related Property,
(c) the Loan is secured by an undivided interest in the Related Property that also secures and is shared by, on a pro rata
basis, all other holders of such Obligor’s notes of equal priority issued in such syndicated loan transaction, (d) either
(i) the Seller (or a wholly owned subsidiary of the Seller) is the agent or collateral agent for all lenders in such syndicated
loan transaction, (ii) neither Seller nor any Co-Lender is identified as the agent or collateral agent with respect to such syndicated
loan transaction or (iii) a Co-Lender is the agent or collateral agent for all lenders in such syndicated loan transaction, and
(e) the Seller receives payment directly from the Obligor under such Loan on behalf of itself (but not on behalf of any Co-Lenders).

 

“Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor legislation thereto.

 

“Collateral”
means, as of any date, the “Indenture Collateral,” as such term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Collection
Account” means the interest bearing trust account so designated and established and maintained pursuant to Section
7.03(a).

 

    	5

    	 

    

 

“Collection
Period” means, with respect to the first Payment Date, the period from and including the Cutoff Date to the close
of business on August 4, 2013, and for any Payment Date thereafter, the period from and including the 5th day of the calendar month
in which the prior Payment Date occurred to the 4th day of the calendar month in which such Payment Date occurs.

 

“Collections”
means the aggregate of Interest Collections and Principal Collections.

 

“Commission”
means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Computer
Records” means the computer records generated by the Servicer that provide information relating to the Loans and
that were used by the Seller in selecting the Loans conveyed by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer pursuant to Section
2.01 (and any Substitute Loans conveyed by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.04 and Section
2.06, respectively).

 

“Continued Error” shall
have the meaning provided in Section 8.03(e).

 

“Contractual
Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any provision of any securities issued by such Person or any indenture,
mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement, instrument or other document to which such Person is a party or by which
it or any of its property is bound or is subject.

 

“Corporate
Trust Office” means, with respect to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee or the Backup Servicer, as applicable, the
office of the Trustee, the Owner Trustee or the Backup Servicer at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall
be principally administered, which offices at the date of the execution of this Agreement are located at the addresses set forth
in Section 13.04.

 

“Credit
and Collection Policy” means the policies and procedures of the Seller and Servicer with respect to underwriting,
credit monitoring, investment grading, collection and servicing in effect on the Cutoff Date, including without limitation the
Credit Policies and Procedures, in each case as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, a description of which has
been provided to the Trust Depositor, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee; and, with respect to any Successor Servicer,
the written credit and collection policies and procedures of such Person at the time such Person becomes a Successor Servicer.

 

“Credit Policies and Procedures”
means the credit policies and procedures set forth in the Seller’s Credit Policies and Procedures Manual.

 

“Curtailment”
means, with respect to a Loan, any payment of principal received by the Issuer during a Collection Period as part of a payment
allocable to a Loan that is in excess of the principal portion of the Scheduled Payment due for such Collection Period and which
is not intended to satisfy the Loan in full, nor is intended to cure a delinquency including any accelerated amortization due to
structural features of the related Loan.

 

    	6

    	 

    

 

“Custodian” has the
meaning provided in the Preamble.

 

“Cutoff Date” means
June 5, 2013.

 

“Cutoff Date Pool Balance”
shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.09.

 

“Defaulted
Loan” means a Loan in the Collateral as to which the earliest of the following has occurred: (i) any payment,
or any part of any payment in excess of 90%, due under such Loan (taking into account any waivers or modifications granted by the
Servicer on such Loan) has become 120 days or more delinquent, whether or not the Servicer has foreclosed upon the related Collateral
or if the related obligor is insolvent or has declared bankruptcy and the Loan is more than 180 days delinquent; (ii) the Servicer
has foreclosed upon and sold the related collateral; (iii) 90 days has elapsed since the related Collateral was foreclosed upon
by the Servicer; or (iv) the Servicer has determined in accordance with its customary practices that the Loan is uncollectible
or the final recoverable amounts have been received; provided, however, that any Loan that the Seller or the Servicer
is obligated to repurchase or purchase under this Agreement or any Loan that has been substituted and replaced by the Issuer with
a Substitute Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 and Section 2.06 will not be deemed to be a Defaulted Loan.

 

“Distribution
Account” means the non-interest bearing trust account so designated and established and maintained pursuant to
Section 7.01.

 

“Delinquent Loan” means
a Loan which is more than forty-five (45) days delinquent in payment; provided, however, that any Loan that has been
substituted and replaced by the Issuer with a Substitute Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 and Section 2.06 will not
be deemed to be a Delinquent Loan.

 

“Dollar”
and “$” means the lawful currency of the United States.

 

“Eligible
Deposit Account” means either (a) a segregated account with a Qualified Institution, or (b) a segregated trust
account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States or any state
of the United States or the District of Columbia, or any domestic branch of a foreign bank, having corporate trust powers and acting
as trustee for funds deposited in the related account, so long as any of the securities of that depository institution has a credit
rating from Moody’s in one of its generic rating categories that signifies investment grade.

 

“Eligible
Loan” means, on and as of the Cutoff Date, in the case of the Initial Loans, and on and as of the related Substitute
Loan Cutoff Date, in the case of any Substitute Loans, a Loan as to which each of the following is true:

 

(a)          such
Loan has been originated or purchased by the Seller in the ordinary course of the Seller’s business and has been fully and
properly executed by the parties thereto;

 

    	7

    	 

    

 

(b)          such
Loan provides for periodic payments of interest and/or principal in cash, which are due and payable on a monthly or quarterly basis;

 

(c)          provides
for, in the event that such Loan is prepaid in whole or in part, a prepayment that fully pays the principal amount of such prepayment
together with interest at the related interest rate through the date of payment;

 

(d)          the
information provided to the Issuer and its assigns in respect of such Loan pursuant to the transaction documents is true and correct
in all material respects;

 

(e)          such
Loan satisfies in all material respects the requirements under the Credit and Collection Policy and was originated in accordance
therewith;

 

(f)          such
Loan represents the legal, valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the related Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof
in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar
laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity;

 

(g)          such
Loan is not due from the United States or any state thereof or from any agency, department or instrumentality of the United States
or any state thereof;

 

(h)          if
the Seller is the sole lender pursuant to the Underlying Loan Agreement, immediately prior to its conveyance, transfer, contribution
and assignment by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer, such Loan is secured by a valid, binding and enforceable perfected security
interest in favor of the Seller, in certain property of the Obligor identified in the Loan documentation, which security interest
in favor of the Seller has been assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor, by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer, and by the
Issuer to the Trustee;

 

(i)          such
Loan is not subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of usury, and the operation
of any of the terms of any contract, or the exercise of any right thereunder, will not render such contract unenforceable in whole
or in part or subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of usury, and neither
the Seller nor the Trust Depositor has received written notice of the assertion of any such right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim
or defense asserted with respect thereto;

 

(j)          such
Loan does not have liens or claims (other than Permitted Liens) that exist or have been filed for work, labor or materials or unpaid
state or federal taxes relating to collateral that are prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the security interest in such collateral
created by the related Loan contract, except for such liens or claims that have been waived or modified as permitted hereunder;

 

    	8

    	 

    

 

(k)          no
default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Loan contract has occurred and is continuing
with respect to such Loan, nor is there a continuing condition with respect to such Loan that, with notice or the lapse of time
or both, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any contract, except
for such defaults, breaches, violations or events which have been waived or modified as permitted under the Servicing Standard
and the Credit and Collection Policy;

 

(l)          such
Loan does not relate to property that has been foreclosed upon;

 

(m)          such
Loan has not been sold, transferred, assigned or pledged to any person other than the Issuer and has not been discharged;

 

(n)          immediately
prior to the transfer of such Loan to the Issuer, the Trust Depositor had good and marketable title to such Loan free and clear
of all liens, encumbrances, security interests and rights of others (other than Permitted Liens) and, immediately upon such transfer,
the Issuer shall have good and marketable title to such Loan, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests and
rights of others;

 

(o)          such
Loan has been perfected against the related Obligor by all necessary action under the relevant UCC;

 

(p)          such
Loan has not been originated in, and is not subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the sale, transfer, assignment
and conveyance of such contract under this Agreement or the pledge of such Loan under the Indenture is unlawful, void or voidable;

 

(q)          other
than with respect to Co-Lender Loans, such Loan has only one original executed promissory note for each note relating to such Loan;

 

(r)          such
Loan was not due from an Obligor that was the subject of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or was bankrupt;

 

(s)          such
Loan had an interest rate of at least 6% per annum;

 

(t)          the
Required Loan Documents relating to such Loan have been delivered to the Custodian prior to the Closing Date, in the case of any
Initial Loan, or the applicable date of substitution, in the case of any Substitute Loan;

 

(u)          such
Loan had no payment due that was thirty-one (31) or more days past due and such Loan was not a Defaulted Loan;

 

(v)         such
Loan is due from an Obligor with its headquarters, principal place of business and primary operations in the United States;

 

(w)          such
Loan is payable in U.S. Dollars;

 

(x)          such
Loan has not been waived or modified, except as permitted hereunder; and

 

    	9

    	 

    

 

(y)          such
Loan is due and payable to an Obligor with a Horizon Credit Rating of “2,” “3” or “4”; and

 

(z)          if
the Loan is a Co-Lender Loan:

 

(i)          if
the entity serving as the collateral agent of the security for all notes of the Obligor issued under the applicable Underlying
Loan Agreement has changed from the time of the origination of the Loan, all appropriate assignments of the collateral agent’s
rights in and to the collateral on behalf of the holders of the indebtedness of the Obligor under such facility have been executed
and filed or recorded as appropriate prior to such Loan becoming a part of the Collateral;

 

(ii)         all
required notifications, if any, have been given to the agent, the collateral agent and any other parties required by the Underlying
Loan Agreement of, and all required consents, if any, have been obtained with respect to, the Seller’s assignment of such
Loan and the Seller’s right, title and interest in the Related Property to the Trust Depositor, the assignment thereof to
the Issuer and the Trustee’s security interest therein on behalf of the Noteholders;

 

(iii)        except
as otherwise provided in the related intercreditor agreement, the right to control certain actions of and replace the agent and/or
the collateral agent of the Obligor’s indebtedness under the facility is to be exercised by at least a majority in interest
of all holders of such indebtedness; and

 

(iv)        all
indebtedness of the Obligor of the same priority within each facility is cross-defaulted, the Related Property securing such indebtedness
is held by the collateral agent for the benefit of all holders of such indebtedness and all holders of such indebtedness (A) have
an undivided pari passu interest in the collateral securing such indebtedness, (B) share in the proceeds of the sale or
other disposition of such collateral on a pro rata basis and (C) may transfer or assign their right, title and interest
in the Related Property.

 

“Eligible
Repurchase Obligations” means repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is a direct obligation
of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which are backed by the
full faith and credit of the United States, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting
as principal) described in clause (c)(ii) of the definition of Permitted Investments.

 

“End of Term Payments”
with respect to a Loan, payments required to be made by the applicable Obligor on the maturity date of such Loan in an amount equal
to a specified percentage of the original principal amount of such Loan, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts
representing the repayment of principal due on such date under such Loan.

 

“Error” shall have the
meaning provided in Section 8.03(e).

 

    	10

    	 

    

  

“Event
of Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section
5.01 of the Indenture.

 

“Excess Concentration Amounts”
means, as to any Payment Date, the sum of (without duplication):

 

(a)          the
amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of all Loans made to any single Obligor in the Collateral exceeds five percent
(5%) of the Pool Balance;

 

(b)          the
amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of all Loans made to the five (5) largest Obligors in the Collateral (based
on the aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of all Loans in the Collateral as of the Payment Date) exceeds twenty-three percent (23%)
of the Pool Balance; and

 

(c)          the
amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of all Loans made to the ten (10) largest Obligors in the Collateral (based
on the aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of all Loans in the Collateral as of the Payment Date) exceeds forty-four percent (44%)
of the Pool Balance.

 

“Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Excluded
Amounts” means (a) any amount received by, on or with respect to any Loan in the Collateral, which amount is attributable
to the payment of any tax, fee or other charge imposed by any Governmental Authority on such Loan, (b) any amount representing
escrows relating to taxes, insurance and other amounts in connection with any Loan which is held in an escrow account for the benefit
of the related Obligor and the secured party pursuant to escrow arrangements, (c) any amount with respect to any Loan substituted,
sold, retransferred or replaced under Sections 2.05,
2.06 or 11.01,
to the extent such amount is attributable to a time after the effective date of such substitution, sale, retransfer or replacement,
(d) any origination fee retained by the Seller in connection with the origination of any Loan, and (e) any amount permitted to
be retained by the Servicer as an Excluded Amount hereunder.

 

“FDIC”
means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and any successor thereto.

 

“Finance
Charges” means, with respect to any Loan, any interest or finance charges owing by an Obligor pursuant to or with
respect to such Loan.

 

“Foreclosed
Property” means Related Property acquired by the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof for the benefit of the Noteholders
in foreclosure or by other legal process.

 

“Foreclosed
Property Disposition” means the final sale of a Foreclosed Property or of Repossessed Property. The proceeds of
any “Foreclosed Property Disposition” constitute part of the definition of Liquidation Proceeds.

 

“Global Note” shall
have the meaning provided in the Indenture.

 

    	11

    	 

    

  

“Governmental
Authority” means, with respect to any Person, any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision
thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any court or arbitrator having jurisdiction
over such Person or its property.

 

“Healthcare Loan” means
a Loan made to an Obligor that provides products and services such as new diagnostics, medical records, and service and patient
management software.

 

“Holder”
means (a) with respect to a Certificate, the Person in whose name such Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register, and
(b) with respect to a Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the Note Register; provided that a Beneficial
Owner of a Note shall be deemed a Holder of such Note as provided in Section 13.17.

 

“Horizon”
means Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, together with its successors in interest.

 

“Horizon Credit Rating”
means, for any Obligor, the internal credit rating grade assigned to such Obligor by the Seller in accordance with the Credit and
Collection Policy.

 

“Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any Person at any date, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
price of property or services (other than current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance
with customary trade practices) or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (b) all obligations of
such Person under capital leases, (c) all obligations of such Person in respect of acceptances issued or created for the account
of such Person, and (d) all liabilities secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person even though such Person has not
assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof.

 

“Indenture”
means the Indenture, dated as June 28, 2013, between the Issuer and the Trustee, as such agreement may be amended, modified, waived,
supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

“Independent”
means, when used with respect to any specified Person, such Person (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor
on the Notes, the Trust Depositor and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons, (b) does not have any direct financial interest
or any material indirect financial interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Trust Depositor or any Affiliate of any
of the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Trust Depositor or any Affiliate
of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer, employee, trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions; provided
that a Person that otherwise satisfies the requirements of clauses (a) through (c) of this definition, but is a director, officer
or manager of a bankruptcy remote special purpose Affiliate of Horizon, will be deemed to be Independent for purposes hereof.

 

“Independent
Accountants” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.05.

 

    	12

    	 

    

  

“Ineligible
Loan” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.01.

 

“Initial
Note Principal Balance” means $90,000,000.

 

“Initial
Loans” means those Loans conveyed to the Issuer on the Closing Date and identified for inclusion in the Collateral
on the initial List of Loans required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.02(d).

 

“Initial Loan Assets”
means any assets acquired by the Issuer from the Trust Depositor on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.01, which assets
shall include the Trust Depositor’s right, title and interest in the following:

 

(i)          the
Initial Loans listed in the initial List of Loans and all monies due, to become due or paid in respect thereof accruing on and
after the Cutoff Date and all Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds and other recoveries thereon, in each case as they arise
after the Cutoff Date;

 

(ii)         all
security interests and Liens and Related Property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment by Obligors under
such Loans;

 

(iii)        all
guaranties, indemnities and warranties, and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting
or securing payment of such Loans;

 

(iv)        the
Transaction Accounts, together with all cash and investments in each of the foregoing;

 

(v)         all
collections and records (including Computer Records) with respect to the foregoing;

 

(vi)        all
documents relating to the applicable Loan Files and other Records relating to the Initial Loans and Related Property; and

 

(vii)       all
income, payments, proceeds and other benefits of any and all of the foregoing, including but not limited to, all accounts, cash
and currency, chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, tangible chattel paper, copyrights, copyright licenses, equipment, fixtures,
general intangibles, instruments, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, inventory, investment property, letter of credit rights,
software, supporting obligations, accessions, and other property consisting of, arising out of, or related to the foregoing, but
excluding any Excluded Amount with respect thereto.

 

“Initial
Purchaser” means Guggenheim Securities, LLC.

 

    	13

    	 

    

 

“Insolvency
Event” means, with respect to a specified Person, (i) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having
jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any
applicable Insolvency Law now or hereafter in effect, or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the ordering of the winding-up
or liquidation of such Person’s affairs, which decree or order shall remain unstayed or undismissed and in effect for a period
of 60 consecutive days; or (ii) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable Insolvency Law now or
hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law,
or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or the taking of possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person
of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts
become due, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

 

“Insolvency
Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium,
rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments, or similar debtor relief laws from time to time
in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

“Insolvency
Proceeding” means any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to
any Insolvency Event.

 

“Insurance
Policy” means, with respect to any Loan, an insurance policy covering liability and physical damage to or loss
of the applicable Related Property, including, but not limited to, title, hazard, life, accident and/or flood insurance policies.

 

“Insurance
Proceeds” means any amounts payable or any payments made on or with respect to a Loan or the Related Property
under any Insurance Policy which are not applied or paid by the Obligor, the Servicer or, in the case of Co-Lender Loans, the party
primarily responsible for servicing such Loans, as applicable, to the restoration or repair of the Related Property or released
to the Obligor, another creditor or any other Person in accordance with the Applicable Law, the Required Loan Documents, the Credit
and Collection Policy, the Servicing Standard and this Agreement, net of costs of collection.

 

“Interest
Amount” means, for each Interest Period, the sum of (A) product of (i) the Interest Rate for such Interest Period,
(ii) the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes as of the first day of such Interest Period (after giving effect to all distributions
made on such day) and (iii) one-twelfth (or, in the case of the first Interest Period, a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days from and after the Closing Date to and including the day before the first Payment Date, and the denominator of which
is 360) and (B) all unpaid Interest Shortfalls from any prior Payment Dates (and interest accrued thereon at the Interest Rate).

 

    	14

    	 

    

 

“Interest
Collections” means the aggregate of:

 

(a)          amounts
deposited into the Collection Account in respect of:

 

(i)          all
payments received on or after the Cutoff Date on account of interest on the Loans (including Finance Charges and fees), End of
Term Payments, and all late payment, default and waiver charges; and

 

(ii)         the
interest portion of any amounts received (x) in connection with the purchase or repurchase of any Loan (but which shall exclude
interest on Loans accrued to the date of acquisition thereof by the Issuer purchased with Principal Collections) and the amount
of any adjustment for Substitute Loans and (y) as Scheduled Payment Advances (if any); plus

 

(b)          investment
earnings on funds invested in Permitted Investments in the Transaction Accounts (other than the Reserve Account); minus

 

(c)          the
amount of any losses incurred in connection with investments in Permitted Investments in the Transaction Accounts (other than the
Reserve Account).

 

“Interest
Period” means, for the first Payment Date, the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on and including
the day before the first Payment Date; and thereafter, the period commencing on a Payment Date and ending on and including the
day before the next Payment Date.

 

“Interest
Rate” means the annual rate of interest payable with respect to the Notes, which shall be equal to 3.00% per
annum.

 

“Interest Shortfall”
means, with respect to the Notes and any Payment Date, as applicable, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the Interest
Amount over (b) the amount of interest actually paid to the Notes.

 

“Issuer”
means the trust created by the Trust Agreement and funded pursuant to this Agreement.

 

“Legal
Final Payment Date” means May 15, 2018.

 

“Lien”
means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other),
preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without
limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic
effect as any of the foregoing (including any UCC financing statement or any similar instrument filed against a Person’s
assets or properties).

 

“Life Sciences Loan”
means a Loan made to an Obligor that provides products and services such as medical devices, biopharmaceuticals, drug discovery,
and drug delivery.

 

    	15

    	 

    

 

“Liquidation
Expenses” means, with respect to any Loan, the aggregate amount of all out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred
by the Servicer (including amounts paid to any Subservicer) and any reasonably allocated costs of counsel (if any), in each case
in accordance with the Servicer’s customary procedures in connection with the repossession, refurbishing and disposition
of any Related Property securing such Loan upon or after the expiration or earlier termination of such Loan and other out-of-pocket
costs related to the liquidation of any such Related Property, including the attempted collection of any amount owing pursuant
to such Loan if it is a Defaulted Loan, and, if requested by the Trustee, the Servicer must provide to the Trustee a breakdown
of the Liquidation Expenses for any Loan along with any supporting documentation therefor.

 

“Liquidation
Proceeds” means, with respect to any Defaulted Loan, whatever is receivable or received when such Loan or the
Related Property is sold, liquidated, foreclosed, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or
involuntary, and includes all amounts representing late fees and penalties relating thereto net of, without duplication, (a) Liquidation
Expenses relating to such Loan or Related Property reimbursed to the Servicer therefrom pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
and (b) amounts required to be released to other creditors, including any other costs, expenses and taxes, or the related Obligor
or grantor pursuant to applicable law or the governing Required Loan Documents.

 

“Liquidation
Report” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.03(d).

 

“List
of Loans” means the list identifying each Loan constituting part of the Loan Assets, which list shall consist
of the initial List of Loans reflecting the Initial Loans transferred to the Issuer on the Closing Date attached to this Agreement
as Exhibit G, together with any Subsequent List of Loans amending the most current List of Loans reflecting any Substitute
Loans transferred to the Issuer on the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date (together with, if applicable, a deletion from such
list of the related Loan or Loans with respect to which a Substitution Event has occurred), and which list in each case (a) identifies
by account number each Loan included in the Collateral, and (b) sets forth as to each such Loan (i) the Outstanding Loan Balance
as of the Cutoff Date in the case of the Initial Loans and the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date in the case of Substitute Loans,
(ii) the maturity date (iii) the Loan Type, (iv) whether such Loan is a Co-Lender Loan (and the name of the agent thereunder) and
(v) whether evidence of filing of UCC-1 financing statements naming the Seller as secured party with respect to such Loan are available.

 

“Loan”
means, to the extent transferred by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer, an individual loan to an Obligor, or portion thereof made
by the Seller including, but not limited to, Co-Lender Loans.

 

“Loan
Assets” means, collectively and as applicable, the Initial Loan Assets and the Substitute Loan Assets, as applicable.

 

“Loan
File” means, with respect to any Loan and Related Property, (a) each of the Required Loan Documents and (b) duly
executed originals (to the extent indicated on the List of Loans) or copies (including electronic copies) of any credit agreement,
intercreditor agreement, subordination agreement, UCC financing statements (or similar instruments) and any amendments to any of
the foregoing, in each case, identified with respect to such Loan and Related Property on Annex A to the List of Loans.

 

    	16

    	 

    

 

“Loan
Rate” means, for each Loan and Collection Period, the current cash pay interest rate for such Loan in such period,
as specified in the related Underlying Note, Underlying Loan Agreement or related Required Loan Documents.

 

“Loan Type” with respect
to any Loan, means the characterization of such Loan as a Technology Loan, Life Sciences Loan, Healthcare Loan or Cleantech Loan.

 

“Lockbox Account” means
the segregated account so designated and established and maintained pursuant to Section 7.01(a).

 

“Majority
Noteholders” means, as of any date of determination, the Noteholders evidencing at least 51% of the aggregate
Outstanding Principal Balance of all Notes (voting as a single class).

 

“Master Services Agreement”
means the Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2013, by the Issuer to the terms and conditions of the Securities Intermediary’s
provision of accounts and related services, as such agreement may be amended, modified, waived, supplemented or restated from time
to time.

 

“Monthly Report” shall
have the meaning provided in Section 9.01.

 

“Moody’s”
means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

“Nonrecoverable Advance”
means any Scheduled Payment Advance or Servicing Advance, as applicable, previously made in respect of a Loan or any Related Property
that, as determined by the Servicer in its reasonable, good faith judgment, will not be ultimately recoverable from subsequent
payments or collections with respect to the applicable Loan including, without limitation, payments or reimbursements from the
related Obligor, Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds on or in respect of such Loan or Related Property.

 

“Note”
means any one of the notes of the Issuer, executed and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture.

 

“Note
Register” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.02(a) of the Indenture.

 

“Noteholder”
means each Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register; provided that a Beneficial Owner of a Note shall
be deemed a Holder of such Note as provided in Section 13.17.

 

“Notice of Substitution”
shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.06.

 

“Obligor”
means, with respect to any Loan, any Person or Persons obligated to make payments pursuant to or with respect to such Loan, including
any guarantor thereof, but excluding, in each case, any such Person that is an obligor or guarantor that is in addition to the
primary obligors or guarantors with respect to the assets, cash flows or credit of which the related Loan is principally underwritten.

 

    	17

    	 

    

 

“Obligor Shortfall”
means, with respect to any Loan and any Collection Period, an amount determined by the Servicer equal to the excess, if any, of
(a) the amount of interest due under such Loan with respect to such Collection Period over (b) the actual amount of payments made
with respect to interest collected under such Loan during such Collection Period.

 

“Offering
Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum dated June 26, 2013, prepared in connection with the offer and sale
of the Notes.

 

“Officer’s
Certificate” means a certificate delivered to the Trustee signed by a Responsible Officer of (i) the member of
the Trust Depositor, (ii) the Servicer, or (iii) the Owner Trustee, the Administrator, or any other Person acting on behalf of
the Issuer, as required by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

“Opinion
of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be outside counsel, or internal counsel (except with respect
to federal securities law, tax law, bankruptcy law or UCC matters), for the Issuer, the Trust Depositor or the Servicer, including
Dechert LLP or other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Owner Trustee or the Trustee, as the case may be.

 

“Optional
Redemption” means a redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.01
of the Indenture.

 

“Original Trust Agreement”
shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

 

“Outstanding”
shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.01 of the Indenture.

 

“Outstanding Loan Balance”
of a Loan means, with respect to any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of such Loan.

 

“Outstanding
Principal Balance” means, as of date of determination and with respect to any Notes, the original principal amount
of such Notes on the Closing Date, as reduced by all amounts paid by the Issuer with respect to such principal amount up to such
date.

 

“Owner
Trustee” means the Person acting, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee, under the Trust
Agreement, its successors in interest and any successor owner trustee under the Trust Agreement. The Owner Trustee will initially
be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

 

“Payment Date” means
the 15th day of each month, commencing in August 2013, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

“Percentage Interest”
means, for the Holder of any Note of any class, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the then current
Outstanding Principal Balance represented by such Note and the denominator of which is the then current Outstanding Principal Balance
of all Notes.

 

    	18

    	 

    

 

“Permitted
Investments” means on any date of determination, book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented
by instruments in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes or, in the case of an obligation that is not a “registration-required
obligation” (as defined in section 163(f) of the Code), in bearer or registered form, with maturities on the Business Day
prior to the next Payment Date that evidence:

 

(i)          direct
obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality of the United States;

 

(ii)         demand
deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository institution (including any affiliate of the Trust Depositor,
the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee) or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to supervision and examination by Federal
or state banking or depository institution authorities (including depository receipts issued by any such institution or trust company
as custodian with respect to any obligation referred to in clause (i) above or a portion of such obligation for the benefit
of the holders of such depository receipts); provided that at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein
(which shall be deemed to be made again each time funds are reinvested following each Payment Date), the commercial paper or other
short-term senior unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which is based on the credit of a person
other than such depository institution or trust company) of such depository institution or trust company shall have a credit rating
from Moody’s of “P-1”;

 

(iii)        commercial
paper (including commercial paper of any affiliate of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee) having,
at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from Moody’s of “P-1”;

 

(iv)        investments
in money market funds (including funds for which the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee or any of
their respective affiliates is investment manager or advisor) having a rating from Moody’s of “Aaa (mf)”;

 

(v)         banker’s
acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company referred to in clause (ii) above; and

 

(vi)        repurchase
obligations with respect to any security that is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States or any agency
or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in either case
entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) referred to in clause (ii) above.

 

The Trustee may purchase or sell to itself
or an Affiliate, as principal or agent, the Permitted Investments described above.

 

    	19

    	 

    

 

“Permitted
Liens” means

 

(i)          with
respect to the interest of the Seller, the Trust Depositor and the Issuer in the Loans included in the Collateral: (a) Liens in
favor of the Trust Depositor created pursuant to the Sale and Contribution Agreement and transferred to the Issuer pursuant hereto,
(b) Liens in favor of the Issuer created pursuant to this Agreement, (c) Liens in favor of the Trustee created pursuant to the
Indenture and/or this Agreement, and (d) Liens, if any, which have priority over first priority perfected security interests in
the Loans or any portion thereof under the UCC or any other Applicable Law; and

 

(ii)         with
respect to the interest of the Seller, the Trust Depositor and the Issuer in the other Collateral (including any Related Property):
(a) materialmen’s, warehousemen’s, mechanics’ and other Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course
of business for sums not due or sums that are being contested in good faith, (b) purchase money security interests in certain items
of equipment, (c) Liens for state, municipal and other local taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or the
validity or amount thereof is currently being contested by an appropriate Person in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (d)
other customary Liens permitted with respect thereto consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy or the Servicing Standard,
(e) Liens in favor of the Trust Depositor created by the Seller and transferred by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer pursuant to
this Agreement, (f) Liens in favor of the Issuer created pursuant to this Agreement, (g) Liens in favor of the Trustee created
pursuant to the Indenture and/or this Agreement, and (h) with respect to Co-Lender Loans, Liens in favor of the agent or the collateral
agent on behalf of all holders of indebtedness of such Obligor under the related facility.

 

“Person”
means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, business or statutory trust, limited liability company, sole proprietorship,
joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated organization or government
or any agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

 

“Physical Note” shall
have the meaning provided in the Indenture.

 

“Pool Balance” means,
as of any date of determination, the Aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance minus (a) the Outstanding Loan Balance of all Defaulted
Loans and (b) the Outstanding Loan Balance of all Ineligible Loans required to be repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section
11.01.

 

“Predecessor Servicer Work Product”
shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.03(e).

 

“Prepayments”
means any and all (a) prepayments, including prepayment premiums, on or with respect to a Loan (including, with respect to any
Loan and any Collection Period, any Scheduled Payment, Finance Charge or portion thereof that is due in a subsequent Collection
Period that the Servicer has received and expressly permitted the related Obligor to make in advance of its scheduled due date,
and that will be applied to such Scheduled Payment on such due date), (b) Liquidation Proceeds, and (c) Insurance Proceeds.

 

    	20

    	 

    

 

“Principal Collections”
means amounts deposited into the Collection Account in respect of payments received on or after the Cutoff Date in the case of
the Initial Loans and the applicable Substitute Loan Cutoff Date in the case of any Substitute Loans on account of principal of
the Loans, including (without duplication):

 

(a)          the
principal portion of:

 

(i)          any
Scheduled Payments and Prepayments; and

 

(ii)         any
amounts received (1) in connection with the purchase or repurchase of any Loan (which shall include interest on Loans accrued to
the date of acquisition thereof by the Issuer purchased with Principal Collections) and the amount of any adjustment for Substitute
Loans and (2) as Scheduled Payment Advances (if any);

 

(b)          all
Curtailments;

 

(c)          all
Liquidation Proceeds;

 

(d)          Insurance
Proceeds (other than amounts to be applied to the restoration or repair of the Related Property, or released or to be released
to the Obligor or others);

 

(e)          any
proceeds from any Related Property securing the Loans (other than amounts released or to be released to the Obligor or others);

 

(f)          all
Sale Proceeds; and

 

(g)          all
other amounts not specifically included in Interest Collections.

 

“Priority
of Payments” means, collectively, the payments made on each Payment Date in accordance with Section
7.05(a), Section 7.05(b)
and Section 7.05(c), as
applicable.

 

“Proceeds” means, with
respect to any Collateral, whatever is receivable or received when such Collateral is sold, liquidated, foreclosed, exchanged,
or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes all rights to payment with respect
to any insurance relating to such Collateral.

 

“Qualified
Institution” means (a) the corporate trust department of the Trustee, or (b) a depository institution organized
under the laws of the United States or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign
bank), that has either a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least “Baa3” from Moody’s or a long-term unsecured
debt rating, a short-term unsecured debt rating or a certificate of deposit rating acceptable to Moody’s, and whose deposits
are insured by the FDIC.

 

    	21

    	 

    

 

“Qualified Substitute Loan”
means a Loan which meets each of the following criteria, as of its date of substitution:

 

		a)	is an Eligible Loan originated or purchased by the Seller;

 

		b)	the interest rate of such Substitute Loan (or, if more than one Substitute Loan will replace a Loan
or Loans, the weighted average of the interest rates of such Substitute Loans) is substantially similar to the Loan it will replace,
and in no case more than 200 basis points less than the interest rate applicable to the replaced Loan (for the avoidance of doubt,
if a floating rate Loan is to be substituted for a fixed rate Loan, the interest rate of the floating rate Loan will be deemed
to be the applicable interest rate floor under such Loan);

 

		c)	the credit quality of such Substitute Loan is substantially similar to, or better than, the credit
quality to the Loan it will replace (as measured by reference to the Horizon Credit Rating of the replaced Loan at the time such
Loan was initially transferred to the Issuer);

 

		d)	the scheduled term to maturity of such Substitute Loan (or, if more than one Substitute Loan will
replace a Loan or Loans in the Collateral, the scheduled term to maturity of each such Substitute Loan) will not cause the weighted
average life of the Loans in the Collateral (assuming inclusion of the Substitute Loan and exclusion of the replaced Loan or Loans)
to exceed the weighted average life of the Loans in the Collateral prior to such substitution by more than one (1) month; provided
that no Substitute Loan may have a scheduled final payment date later than the Legal Final Payment Date;

 

		e)	such Substitute Loan is of the same Loan Type as the Loan it will replace;

 

		f)	the Outstanding Loan Balance of such Substitute Loan
(or, if more than one Substitute Loan will replace a Loan or Loans in the Collateral, the sum of the Outstanding Loan Balances
of such Substitute Loans) is substantially similar to the Loan it will replace, and in no case more than 110.0% of the aggregate
Outstanding Loan Balance(s) of the Loan(s) being replaced;

 

		g)	no selection procedures believed by the Servicer or the Trust Depositor to be adverse to the interests
of any Noteholder shall have been employed in the selection of such Substitute Loan; and

 

		h)	all actions or additional actions (if any) necessary to perfect the security interest and assignment
of such Substitute Loan and the Related Property to the Trust Depositor, the Issuer, and the Trustee have been taken as of or prior
to the date of substitution of such Substitute Loan.

 

“Quarterly
Report” has the meaning provided in Section 9.02.

 

    	22

    	 

    

 

“Rapid Amortization Event”
shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i)          the
aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of all Delinquent Loans and Restructured Loans that would constitute Delinquent Loans had such
Loans not become Restructured Loans exceeds ten percent (10%) of the Aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance for a period of three (3)
consecutive calendar months;

 

(ii)         the
aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of all Defaulted Loans exceeds five percent (5%) of the Aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance determined
as of the Closing Date for a period of three (3) consecutive calendar months;

 

(iii)        the
Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes exceeds the Borrowing Base for a period of three (3) consecutive calendar
months;

 

(iv)        the
Loans in the Collateral consist of Loans to 10 or fewer Obligors; and

 

(v)         the
occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

 

“Rating
Agency” means each of Moody’s and any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization, so long
as such Persons maintain a rating on any of the Notes; and if any of Moody’s or such other organization (if any) no longer
maintains a rating on any of the Notes, such other nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if any, selected by the
Trust Depositor.

 

“Record
Date” means (i) for Global Notes, the close of business on the business day immediately preceding that Payment
Date and (ii) for Physical Notes, the close of business on the last business day of the month immediately preceding the month in
which such Payment Date occurs.

 

“Records”
means all documents, books, records and other information (including without limitation, computer programs, tapes, disks, data
processing software and related property and rights) executed in connection with the origination or acquisition of the Loans or
maintained with respect to the Loans and the related Obligors that the Seller or the Servicer have generated, in which the Seller,
the Trust Depositor, the Issuer, the Trustee or the Servicer have acquired an interest pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreements
or in which the Seller, the Trust Depositor, the Issuer, the Trustee or the Servicer have otherwise obtained an interest to the
extent transferable, and subject to any confidentiality and/or transferability restrictions.

 

“Redemption
Date” means any Payment Date designated as such by the Issuer in connection with an Optional Redemption.

 

“Redemption Price” means,
in connection with an Optional Redemption, pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Indenture, an amount equal to the sum (without duplication)
of: (i) the then Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon but excluding
the Redemption Date and all other amounts accrued and unpaid with respect thereto; plus (ii) all administrative and other
fees, expenses, advances and other amounts accrued and payable or reimbursable in accordance with the Priority of Payments (including
fees and expenses, if any, incurred by the Trustee and the Servicer in connection with any sale of Loans in connection with an
Optional Redemption).

 

    	23

    	 

    

 

“Reference
Date” means the day of each month that is the third (3rd) Business Day prior to a Payment Date.

 

“Registered”
means, with respect to any debt obligation, that such debt obligation was issued after July 18, 1984 and that is in registered
form for purposes of the Code.

 

“Related
Property” means, with respect to any Loan and as applicable in the context used, the interest of the Obligor,
or the interest of the Seller, Trust Depositor or Issuer under the Loan, in any property or other assets designated and pledged
or mortgaged as collateral to secure repayment of such Loan (including, without limitation, a pledge of the stock, membership or
other ownership interests in the Obligor, but excluding any warrant interest in an Obligor held by the Seller or any of its Affiliates
other than the Issuer or Trust Depositor), including all Proceeds from any sale or other disposition of such property or other
assets.

 

“Repossessed
Property” means items of Related Property taken in the name of the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof as a result
of legal action enforcing the Lien on the Related Property resulting from a default on the related Loan.

 

“Required
Loan Documents” means, with respect to:

 

(a)          all
Loans in the aggregate:

 

(i)          a
blanket assignment of all of the Seller’s and Trust Depositor’s right, title and interest in and to all Related Property
securing the Loans at any time transferred to the Issuer including, without limitation, all rights under applicable guarantees
and Insurance Policies;

 

(ii)         irrevocable
powers of attorney of the Seller, the Trust Depositor and the Issuer to the Trustee to execute, deliver, file or record and otherwise
deal with the Related Property for the Loans at any time transferred to the Issuer. The powers of attorney will be delegable by
the Trustee to the Servicer and any Successor Servicer and will permit the Trustee or its delegate to prepare, execute and file
or record UCC financing statements and notices to insurers;

 

(iii)        blanket
UCC-1 financing statements in respect of the Loans to be transferred to the Issuer as Collateral and naming the Issuer and the
Trustee, as assignee of the Issuer, as “Secured Party” and the Trust Depositor as the “Debtor”;

 

(b)          for
each Loan: the original or, if accompanied by a “lost note” affidavit and indemnity, a copy of the Underlying Note,
endorsed by the prior holder of record either in blank or to the Trustee (and evidencing an unbroken chain of endorsements from
the prior holder thereof evidenced in the chain of endorsements to the Trustee), with any endorsement to the Trustee to be in the
following form: “U.S. Bank National Association, its successors and assigns, as Trustee under the Indenture, dated as of
June 28, 2013, relating to Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1.”

 

    	24

    	 

    

 

“Required Payments”
shall mean each of the items described in clauses 1 through 4 of Section 7.05(a).

 

“Reserve Account” means
the interest bearing trust account so designated and established and maintained pursuant to Section
7.02(a).

 

“Reserve
Account Required Balance” shall mean, as of any Payment Date, an amount equal
to 7.5% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes on such date after taking into account all amounts applied
to the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance on such date.

 

“Reserve
Available Funds” means all amounts deposited into the Collection
Account from the Reserve Account pursuant to Section 7.02.

 

“Responsible Officer”
means, when used with respect to (a) the Owner Trustee or the Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office with
responsibility for administration of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including any Chief Executive
Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, Financial
Services Officer, trust officer or any other officer of the Owner Trustee or the Trustee customarily performing functions similar
to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to
whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, (b) the
Trust Depositor, the Seller, the Administrator, the Servicer or the Backup Servicer, the President, Chief Executive Officer, Executive
Vice President or any Vice President thereof who is also a Servicing Officer of such Person or of the sole member of such Person,
as applicable and (c) with respect to the Issuer, a Responsible Officer of the Trust Depositor, Administrator, Servicer or Owner
Trustee.

 

“Restructured Loan”
means any Loan that has been, or in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy is required to be, modified or restructured
to extend the maturity thereof or reduce the amount (other than by reason of the repayment thereof) or extend the time for payment
of principal thereof, in each case as a result of the Obligor’s material financial underperformance, distress or default.
Such Loan shall cease to be a Restructured Loan when such Loan has been performing for at least six (6) consecutive calendar months
since the date the most recent modification was made and is no longer required to be so modified or restructured in accordance
with the Credit and Collection Policy.

 

“Sale
and Contribution Agreement” means the Sale and Contribution
Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Seller and the Trust Depositor, as such agreement may be amended, modified,
waived, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

    	25

    	 

    

 

“Sale
Proceeds” means all proceeds received as a result of sales of Loans (other than Defaulted Loans) pursuant to this
Agreement, net of any sales, brokerage and related administrative or sales expenses of the Servicer or the Trustee in connection
with any such sale.

 

“Scheduled
Payment” means, with respect to any Loan, each payment of principal and/or interest scheduled to be made by the
related Obligor under the terms of such Loan after (a) in the case of the Initial Loans, the Cutoff Date or (b) in the case of
Substitute Loans, the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date, as adjusted pursuant to the terms of the related Underlying Note and/or
Required Loan Documents.

 

“Scheduled
Payment Advance” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the amounts, if any, deposited by the Servicer in the
Collection Account for such Payment Date in respect of Scheduled Payments (or portions thereof) pursuant to Section
5.09.

 

“Secured Parties” means,
collectively, the Noteholders, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Custodian, and the Owner Trustee.

 

“Securities”
means the Notes and the Certificate, or any of them.

 

“Securities
Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Securities Intermediary”
has the meaning provided in the Preamble.

 

“Securityholders”
means, collectively, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder.

 

“Seller”
shall have the meaning provided in the Preamble.

 

“Servicer”
means initially Horizon, or its successors in interest, until any Servicer Transfer hereunder or the resignation or permitted assignment
by the Servicer and, thereafter, means the Backup Servicer or other Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Article
VIII with respect to the duties and obligations required of the Servicer under this Agreement.

 

“Servicer
Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

 

“Servicer
Transfer” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.02(c).

 

“Servicing
Advances” means all reasonable and customary “out-of-pocket” costs and expenses incurred in the performance
by the Servicer of its servicing obligations, including, but not limited to, the cost of (a) the preservation, restoration and
protection of any Related Property, (b) any enforcement or judicial proceedings, including foreclosures, (c) the management and
liquidation of any Foreclosed Property or Repossessed Property, (d) compliance with its obligations under this Agreement and other
Transaction Documents and (e) services rendered in connection with the liquidation of a Loan (other than Liquidation Expenses),
for all of which costs and expenses the Servicer is entitled to reimbursement with interest thereon as provided in this Agreement.

 

    	26

    	 

    

 

“Servicing
Fee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.11.

 

“Servicing File” means,
for each Loan, the following documents or instruments:

 

(a)          copies
of each of the Required Loan Documents;

 

(b)          any
other portion of the Loan File that is not part of the Required Loan Documents; and

 

(c)          any
other Records relating to such Loan and Related Property.

 

“Servicing
Officer” means any officer of the Servicer involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of
Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers appearing in an Officer’s Certificate furnished to the Trustee by
the Servicer, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

“Servicing Standard”
means, with respect to any Loans and all other assets included in the Collateral, to service and administer such Loans and other
assets in the Collateral in accordance with the Underlying Loan Agreements (as applicable) and all customary and usual servicing
practices, in a manner consistent with the Servicer’s servicing of comparable senior loan agreements that it owns or services
for itself or others, without regard to: (i) the Servicer’s right to receive compensation for its services hereunder or with
respect to any particular transaction, or (ii) the ownership, servicing or management for others by the Servicer of any other loans,
debt securities or property by the Servicer.

 

“Servicing Transfer Costs”
means the Successor Servicing Fee and any costs and expenses, if any, incurred by the Trustee or by any Successor Servicer (including
the Backup Servicer) in connection with the transfer of servicing to any such Successor Servicer, which shall not exceed $50,000
for a servicing transfer to the Backup Servicer or $175,000 to any other Successor Servicer.

 

“Solvent”
means, as to any Person at any time, that (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the amount of such
Person’s liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as such value is established and liabilities
evaluated for purposes of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) such Person is able to realize upon its property and pay
its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as they mature in the normal course
of business; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s
ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not
about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

 

“Statutory
Trust Statute” means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. C.
§§ 3801 et seq., as the same may
be amended from time to time.

 

    	27

    	 

    

  

“Subsequent
List of Loans” means a list, in the form of the initial List of Loans delivered on the Closing Date, but listing
each Substitute Loan, as the case may be, transferred to the Issuer from time to time.

 

“Subservicer”
means any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Horizon, including without limitation the Advisor, that Horizon has identified
as a subservicer or additional collateral agent or any other Person with whom the Servicer has entered into a Subservicing Agreement
and who satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 5.02(b) of this Agreement in respect
of the qualification of a Subservicer.

 

“Subservicing
Agreement” means any agreement between the Servicer and any Subservicer relating to subservicing and/or administration
of certain Loans as provided in this Agreement, a copy of which shall be delivered, along with any modifications thereto, to the
Trustee. For the avoidance of doubt, the Investment Management Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2010 between the Servicer and
the Advisor shall constitute a Subservicing Agreement.

 

“Substitute
Loan” means one or more Loans transferred by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to the
Issuer under and in accordance with Section 2.06.

 

“Substitute Loan Assets”
means any assets acquired by the Issuer from the Trust Depositor following the Closing Date in connection with substitution of
one or more Substitute Loans pursuant to Section 2.04 or Section 2.06, which assets shall include the Trust Depositor’s
right, title and interest in the following:

 

(i)          the
Substitute Loans listed in the related Subsequent List of Loans and all monies due, to become due or paid in respect thereof accruing
on and after the Substitute Loan Cutoff Date and all Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds and other recoveries thereon, in
each case as they arise after the Substitute Loan Cutoff Date;

 

(ii)         all
security interests and Liens and Related Property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment by Obligors under
such Loans;

 

(iii)        all
guaranties, indemnities and warranties, and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting
or securing payment of such Loans;

 

(iv)        all
collections and records (including Computer Records) with respect to the foregoing;

 

(v)         all
documents relating to the applicable Loan Files and other Records relating to such Substitute Loans and Related Property; and

 

    	28

    	 

    

 

(vi)        all
income, payments, proceeds and other benefits of any and all of the foregoing, including but not limited to, all accounts, cash
and currency, chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, tangible chattel paper, copyrights, copyright licenses, equipment, fixtures,
general intangibles, instruments, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, inventory, investment property, letter of credit rights,
software, supporting obligations, accessions, and other property consisting of, arising out of, or related to the foregoing, but
excluding any Excluded Amount with respect thereto.

 

“Substitute
Loan Cutoff Date” means each date on or after the Closing Date on which a Substitute Loan is transferred to the
Issuer.

 

“Substitution
Event” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.06.

 

“Successor
Servicer” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.02(b).

 

“Successor Servicer Engagement
Fee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.02(y).

 

“Tape”
shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.04(a).

 

“Technology Loan” means
a Loan made to an Obligor that provides products or services that require advanced technologies, including, but not limited to,
computer software and hardware, networking systems, semiconductors, semiconductor capital equipment, information technology infrastructure
or services, Internet consumer and business services, telecommunications, and telecommunications equipment.

 

“Termination
Notice” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.02(a).

 

“Transaction
Account Property” means the Transaction Accounts, all amounts and investments held from time to time in any Transaction
Account (whether in the form of deposit accounts, physical property, book-entry securities, uncertificated securities or otherwise),
and all proceeds of the foregoing.

 

“Transaction
Accounts” means, collectively, the Collection Account, the Reserve Account, the Distribution Account and the Lockbox
Account.

 

“Transaction
Documents” means the Transfer and Servicing Agreements, the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the
Note Purchase Agreement, the Master Services Agreement, the Notes, the Certificate, any fee letters, any UCC financing statements
filed pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents, and any additional document the execution of which is necessary or incidental
to carrying out the terms of, or which is identified as a “Transaction Document” in, the foregoing documents, all as
such documents are amended, modified, restated, replaced, waived, substituted, supplemented or extended from time to time.

 

“Transfer
and Servicing Agreements” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Indenture and the Sale and Contribution Agreement.

 

    	29

    	 

    

“Transfer
Deposit Amount” means, on any date of determination with respect to any Loan, an amount equal to the sum of (a)
the Outstanding Loan Balance of such Loan, (b) accrued interest thereon through such date of determination at the Loan Rate provided
for thereunder and (c) any outstanding Scheduled Payment Advances and Servicing Advances thereon that have not been waived by the
Servicer entitled thereto.

 

“Trust
Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2013, between the Trust Depositor
and the Owner Trustee, as amended, modified, restated, waived or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Trust
Depositor” shall have the meaning provided in the Preamble.

 

“Trust Depositor LLC Agreement”
means the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Trust Depositor, dated as of June 28, 2013, between the Seller, as the sole
member, and the Independent manager party thereto.

 

“Trust
Estate” shall have the meaning provided in the Trust Agreement.

 

“Trustee”
means the Person acting as Trustee under the Indenture, its successors in interest and any successor trustee under the Indenture.

 

“Trustees”
means the Owner Trustee and the Trustee, or any of them individually as the context may require.

 

“UCC”
means the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, as in effect in any specified jurisdiction.

 

“Underlying
Loan Agreement” means each single lender or multi-lender commercial loan or credit agreements or other debt agreements
or instruments customary for the applicable type of Loan originated or acquired by Horizon or one of its Affiliates.

 

“Underlying
Note” means the one or more promissory notes executed by the applicable Obligor evidencing a Loan.

 

“United
States” means the United States of America.

 

“U.S. Bank” shall have
the meaning provided in the Preamble.

 

Section
1.02.         Usage of Terms.

 

With respect to all
terms in this Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words importing any gender include the other
genders; references to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto
or any changes therein entered into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; references
to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the term “including” means “including without
limitation.”

 

    	30

    	 

    

 

Section
1.03.         Section References.

 

All Section references
(including references to the Preamble), unless otherwise indicated, shall be to Sections
(and the Preamble) in this Agreement.

 

Section
1.04.         Calculations.

 

Except as otherwise
provided herein, all interest rate and basis point calculations hereunder will be made on the basis of a 360 day year consisting
of twelve 30-day months and will be carried out to at least three decimal places.

 

Section
1.05.         Accounting Terms.

 

All accounting terms
used but not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States.

 

ARTICLE
2.

ESTABLISHMENT OF ISSUER; TRANSFER OF LOAN ASSETS

 

Section
2.01.         Creation and Funding of Issuer; Transfer of Loan Assets.

 

(a)          The
Issuer shall be governed pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Trust Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2013, between the Trust
Depositor and the Owner Trustee (the “Original Trust Agreement”), upon the execution and delivery of the Original
Trust Agreement and created by the filing by the Owner Trustee of an appropriately completed Certificate of Trust (as defined in
the Original Trust Agreement) under the Statutory Trust Statute. The Trust Depositor, as settlor of the Issuer, shall fund and
convey assets to the Issuer pursuant to the terms and provisions hereof. The Issuer shall be administered pursuant to the provisions
of this Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Securityholders. Each of the Owner
Trustee and the Administrator is hereby specifically recognized by the parties hereto as empowered to conduct business dealings
on behalf of the Issuer in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Trust Agreement and Administration Agreement. The initial
Servicer is hereby specifically recognized by the parties hereto as empowered to act on behalf of the Issuer in accordance with
Section 5.02(g) and Section 5.02(h). The Servicer is hereby specifically recognized
by the parties hereto as empowered to perform the duties and obligations required to be performed by the Servicer under the Transaction
Documents.

 

(b)          Subject
to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, and in consideration of the Issuer’s delivery to or upon the order
of the Trust Depositor of the Notes and the net proceeds of the Notes, the Trust Depositor hereby sells, transfers, assigns, sets
over and otherwise conveys to the Issuer all the right, title and interest of the Trust Depositor in and to the Initial Loan Assets.

 

    	31

    	 

    

 

To the extent the purchase price paid to
the Trust Depositor for any Loan Assets is less than the fair market value of such Loan Assets, the difference between such fair
market value and such purchase price shall be deemed to be a capital contribution made by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer on
the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Loans and as of the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date in the case of any Substitute
Loans. For all purposes of this Agreement, any contributed Loan Assets shall be treated the same as Loan Assets sold for cash,
including without limitation for purposes of Section 11.01.

 

(c)          The
Seller and the Trust Depositor each acknowledge with respect to itself that the representations and warranties of the Seller in
the Sale and Contribution Agreement and of the Trust Depositor in Section 3.01 through Section 3.04 hereof will run
to and be for the benefit of the Issuer and the Trustees, and the Issuer and the Trustees may enforce directly (without joinder
of the Trust Depositor when enforcing against the Seller) the repurchase obligations of the Seller or Trust Depositor, as applicable,
with respect to breaches of such representations and warranties that materially and adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder
as set forth in the Sale and Contribution Agreement or in this Agreement; provided that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Trustee
shall have a duty or obligation (i) to discover or make and attempt to discover, inquire about or investigate the breach of any
of such representations or warranties or (ii) to determine if such breach materially and adversely affects the interests of any
Noteholder.

 

(d)          The
sale, transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance of the Loan Assets by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement
does not constitute and is not intended to result in a creation or an assumption by the Issuer of any obligation of the Seller
or the Trust Depositor in connection with the Loan Assets, or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including, without
limitation, (i) any obligation to any Obligor relating to any unfunded commitment from the Seller or the Trust Depositor, (ii)
any taxes, fees, or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority and (iii) any insurance premiums that remain owing with
respect to any Loan Asset at the time such Loan Asset is sold hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, (x) the Issuer does not
assume any obligation to purchase any additional notes or loans under agreements governing the Loan Assets and (y) the sale, transfer,
assignment, set-over and conveyance of the Loan Assets by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement does not
constitute and is not intended to result in a creation or an assumption by the Trust Depositor or the Issuer of any obligation
of the Seller as lead agent or collateral agent under any Co-Lender Loan. The Trust Depositor also hereby assigns to the Issuer
all of the Trust Depositor’s right, title and interest (but none of its obligations) under the Sale and Contribution Agreement,
including but not limited to the Trust Depositor’s right to exercise the remedies created by the Sale and Contribution Agreement.

 

    	32

    	 

    

 

(e)          The
Seller, Trust Depositor and Issuer intend and agree that (i) the transfer of the Loan Assets by the Seller to the Trust Depositor
under the Sale and Contribution Agreement and the transfer of the Loan Assets by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer hereunder are
intended to be a sale, conveyance and transfer of ownership of the Loan Assets, as the case may be, rather than the mere granting
of a security interest to secure a borrowing and (ii) such Loan Assets shall not be part of the Seller’s or the Trust Depositor’s
estate in the event of a filing of a bankruptcy petition or other action by or against such Person under any Insolvency Law. In
the event, however, that notwithstanding such intent and agreement, such transfers are deemed to be a mere granting of a security
interest to secure indebtedness, the Seller shall be deemed to have granted (and as of the Closing Date hereby grants to) the Trust
Depositor and the Trust Depositor shall be deemed to have granted (and as of the Closing Date hereby grants) to the Issuer, as
the case may be, a perfected first priority security interest in all right, title and interest of the Seller or of the Trust Depositor,
respectively, in such Loan Assets and this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under Applicable Law, securing the repayment
of the purchase price paid hereunder, the obligations and/or interests represented by the Securities, in the order and priorities,
and subject to the other terms and conditions of, this Agreement, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, together with such other
obligations or interests as may arise hereunder and thereunder in favor of the parties hereto and thereto.

 

(f)          If
any such transfer of the Loan Assets is deemed to be the mere granting of a security interest to secure a borrowing, the Trust
Depositor may, to secure the Trust Depositor’s own borrowing under this Agreement (to the extent that the transfer of the
Loan Assets thereunder is deemed to be a mere granting of a security interest to secure a borrowing) repledge and reassign (i)
all or a portion of the Loan Assets pledged to Trust Depositor by the Seller and with respect to which the Trust Depositor has
not released its security interest at the time of such pledge and assignment, and (ii) all proceeds thereof. Such repledge and
reassignment may be made by Trust Depositor with or without a repledge and reassignment by Trust Depositor of its rights under
any agreement with the Seller, and without further notice to or acknowledgment from the Seller. The Seller waives, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, all claims, causes of action and remedies, whether legal or equitable (including any right of setoff),
against Trust Depositor or any assignee of Trust Depositor relating to such action by Trust Depositor in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)          The
Trust Depositor and the Issuer acknowledge and agree (and the Trustee is hereby directed to acknowledge and does acknowledge) that,
solely for administrative convenience, any assignment agreement required to be executed and delivered in connection with the transfer
of a Loan in accordance with the terms of related Underlying Loan Agreements may reflect that the Seller is assigning such Loan
directly to the Issuer. Nothing in such assignment agreements shall be deemed to impair the transfers of the Loan Assets by the
Seller to the Trust Depositor in accordance with the terms of the Sale and Contribution Agreement and the subsequent transfer of
the Loan Assets by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Section
2.02.         Conditions to Transfer of Initial Loan Assets to Issuer.

 

On or before the Closing Date, the Seller or the Trust Depositor,
as applicable, shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Owner Trustee and Trustee each of the documents, certificates and
other items as follows:

 

    	33

    	 

    

  

(a)          a
certificate of an officer of the Seller substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto;

 

(b)          copies
of resolutions of Horizon, as Seller and Servicer, and the sole member of the Trust Depositor approving the execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereunder
and thereunder, certified in each case by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Horizon and the sole member of the Trust Depositor;

 

(c)          officially
certified evidence dated within 30 days of the Closing Date of due formation and good standing of the Seller under the laws of
the State of Delaware;

 

(d)          the
initial List of Loans, certified by an officer of the Trust Depositor, together with an Assignment with respect to the Initial
Loan Assets substantially in the form of Exhibit A (along with the delivery of any instruments and Loan Files as required
under Section 2.08);

 

(e)          a
certificate of an officer of the sole member of the Trust Depositor substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto;

 

(f)          a
letter from a nationally recognized accounting firm, addressed to the Seller and the Trust Depositor, stating that such firm has
reviewed a sample of ten (10) of the Initial Loans and performed specific procedures for such sample with respect to certain loan
terms;

 

(g)          officially
certified evidence dated within 30 days of the Closing Date of due organization and good standing of the Trust Depositor under
the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

(h)          evidence
of the proper filing of a UCC-1 financing statement, naming the Seller as seller or debtor, naming the Trust Depositor as assignor,
buyer or secured party, and naming the Issuer as assignee of assignor, buyer or secured party and describing the Loan Assets as
collateral, with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and in such other locations as required by the applicable
UCC; and evidence of the proper filing of a UCC-1 financing statement, naming the Trust Depositor as seller or debtor, naming the
Issuer as assignor, buyer or secured party, and naming the Trustee as assignee of assignor, buyer or secured party and describing
the Loan Assets as collateral with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and in such other locations as
required by the applicable UCC; and evidence of proper filing of a UCC-1 financing statement, naming the Issuer as debtor, naming
the Trustee as secured party and describing the Collateral as collateral with the office of the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware and in such other locations as required by the applicable UCC;

 

(i)          an
Officer’s Certificate listing the Servicer’s Servicing Officers;

 

    	34

    	 

    

 

(j)          a
fully executed copy of each of the Transaction Documents.

 

On or before the Closing
Date, the Servicer shall have notified and directed the Obligor with respect to each such Loan to make
all payments on the Loans, whether by wire transfer or otherwise, directly to the Lockbox Account.

 

Section
2.03.         Acceptance by Issuer.

 

On the Closing Date,
if the conditions set forth in Section 2.02 have been satisfied, the Issuer shall issue
to, or upon the order of, the Trust Depositor the Certificate representing ownership of a beneficial interest in one hundred percent
(100%) of the Issuer and the Issuer shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, to, or upon the order of, the Trust Depositor
the Notes secured by the Collateral.

 

Section
2.04.         Conveyance of Substitute Loans.

 

(a)          With
respect to any Substitute Loans to be conveyed to the Trust Depositor by the Seller as described in Section 2.06, the Seller
hereby sells, transfers, assigns, sets over and otherwise conveys to the Trust Depositor, without recourse other than as expressly
provided herein (and the Trust Depositor shall purchase through cash payment and/or by exchange of one or more related Loans released
by the Issuer to the Trust Depositor on the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date), all the right, title and interest of the Seller
in and to the Substitute Loans and Related Property.

 

The purchase price
may equal, exceed or be less than the fair market value of such Substitute Loan as of the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date,
plus in each case accrued interest thereon. To the extent the purchase price of any Loan is less than the fair market value thereof,
the Seller will be deemed to have made a capital contribution with respect to such excess to the Trust Depositor.

 

(b)          Subject
to Sections 2.01(d) and (e) and the conditions set forth in Section 2.06, the Trust Depositor shall sell,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Issuer, without recourse other than as expressly provided herein and therein,
(i) all the right, title and interest of the Trust Depositor in and to the Substitute Loans and (ii) all other Related Property
related to such Substitute Loans (the property in clauses (i) and (ii) above, upon such transfer, becoming part of
the Collateral).

 

(c)          The
Seller shall transfer to the Trust Depositor under the Sale and Contribution Agreement and the Trust Depositor shall transfer to
the Issuer hereunder the applicable Substitute Loans and Related Property only upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions
on or prior to the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date (in addition to the conditions set forth in Section 2.09):

 

    	35

    	 

    

 

(i)          the
Trust Depositor shall have provided the Issuer and the Trustee with timely notice of such substitution, which shall be delivered
no later than 11:00 a.m. on the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date;

 

(ii)         there
shall have occurred, with respect to each such Substitute Loan, a corresponding Substitution Event with respect to one or more
Loans then in the Collateral;

 

(iii)        the
Seller and the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee a Subsequent List of Loans listing the applicable
Substitute Loans and an assignment agreement as required by the related Underlying Loan Agreement indicating that the Issuer is
the holder of the related Substitute Loan;

 

(iv)        the
Seller shall have deposited or caused to be deposited in the Collection Account all Collections received by it with respect to
the applicable Substitute Loans on and after the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date;

 

(v)         each
of the representations and warranties made by the Trust Depositor pursuant to Sections 3.02 and 3.04 applicable to
the Substitute Loans shall be true and correct as of the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date; and

 

(vi)        the
Seller shall bear all incidental transactions costs incurred in connection with a substitution effected pursuant to this Agreement
and shall, at its own expense, on or prior to the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date, indicate in its Computer Records that ownership
of each Substitute Loan identified on the Subsequent List of Loans has been sold by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the
Trust Depositor to the Issuer pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.

 

(d)          The
Servicer, the Issuer and the Trustee (at the request of the Servicer) shall execute and deliver such instruments, consents or other
documents and perform all acts reasonably requested by the Servicer in order to effect the transfer and release of any of the Issuer’s
interests in the Loans that are being substituted.

 

Section
2.05.         Optional Sales of Loans.

 

(a)          At
its option, any Loan may be sold by the Issuer to Horizon (or any of its Affiliates) or a third party if:

 

(i)          such
Loan becomes a Defaulted Loan;

 

(ii)         such
Loan becomes a Delinquent Loan;

 

(iii)        such
Loan becomes a Restructured Loan; or

 

(iv)        the
Issuer, in its discretion, elects to sell the Loan.

 

    	36

    	 

    

 

(b)          No
optional sale of any Loan (whether to Horizon, any of its affiliates, or a third party) may be executed for a price less than the
sum of (i) the Outstanding Loan Balance of such Loan and (ii) interest accrued to the date of such sale on the principal balance
of such Loan at the interest rate applicable to such Loan, and any such sale shall be subject to the further limitations described
in Section 2.09 below.

 

The Sale Proceeds from
any sale pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) will be deposited into the Collection Account and allocated as provided in Section
7.05. Upon receipt by the Servicer for deposit in the Collection Account of the amounts of Sale Proceeds received in connection
with any such sale, the Servicer shall request and the Issuer and the Trustee shall assign to the party designated by the Servicer
(or to the Servicer itself) all of the Issuer’s and Trustee’s right, title and interest in the repurchased Loan and
related Loan Assets without recourse, representation or warranty. Thereafter, such reassigned Loan shall no longer be included
in the Collateral.

 

Section
2.06.         Optional Substitution of Loans.

 

(a)          At
its option, any Loan may be substituted by the Issuer and replaced with a substitute loan (each such Loan, a “Substitute
Loan”) if any of the following occur (each, a “Substitution Event”):

 

(i)          such
Loan becomes a Defaulted Loan;

 

(ii)         such
Loan becomes a Delinquent Loan;

 

(iii)        such
Loan becomes a Restructured Loan; or

 

(iv)        the
Issuer, in its discretion, elects to substitute the Loan.

 

Any such substitution
shall be initiated by delivery of written notice (a “Notice of Substitution”) to the Trustee from the Servicer
that the Issuer intends to substitute a Loan pursuant to this Section 2.06 and shall be completed prior to 60 days after
delivery of such notice. Each Notice of Substitution shall specify the Loan to be substituted, the reasons for such substitution
and the Transfer Deposit Amount with respect to the Loan. The price deemed paid by the Issuer for any Substitute Loan shall be
an amount equal to the Outstanding Loan Balance thereof, plus accrued interest thereon.

 

(b)          No
substitution of a Substitute Loan will be permitted unless the Servicer determines that such Substitute Loan is a Qualified Substitute
Loan as of the date each such Substitute Loan is transferred to the Issuer.

 

(c)          Any
such substitution shall be subject to the further limitations described in Section 2.09 below.

 

    	37

    	 

    

 

Section
2.07.         Release of Excluded Amounts.

  

(a)          The
parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Issuer has no interest in the Excluded Amounts. The Trustee hereby agrees to release
to the Issuer from the Loan Assets, and the Issuer hereby agrees to release to the Trust Depositor, any Excluded Amounts immediately
upon identification thereof and upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer, which release shall be automatic
and shall require no further act by the Trustee or the Issuer; provided that the Trustee and Issuer shall execute and deliver
such instruments of release and assignment or other documents, or otherwise confirm the foregoing release, as may reasonably be
requested by the Trust Depositor in writing. Such Excluded Amounts shall not constitute and shall not be included in the Loan Assets.

 

(b)          Immediately
upon the release to the Trust Depositor by the Trustee of any Excluded Amounts, the Trust Depositor hereby irrevocably agrees to
release to the Seller such Excluded Amounts, which release shall be automatic and shall require no further act by the Trust Depositor;
provided that the Trust Depositor shall execute and deliver such instruments of release and assignment or other documents,
or otherwise confirm the foregoing release of such Excluded Amounts, as may be reasonably requested by the Seller in writing.

 

Section
2.08.         Delivery of Documents in the Loan File.

 

(a)          Subject
to the delivery requirements set forth in Section 2.08(b), the Issuer hereby authorizes and directs the Seller and the Trust
Depositor to deliver possession of all the Loan Files to the Custodian on the Trustee’s behalf (with copies to be held by
the Servicer), on behalf of and for the account of the Noteholders. The Seller and the Trust Depositor shall also identify on the
List of Loans (including any deemed amendment thereof associated with any Substitute Loans), whether by attached schedule or marking
or other effective identifying designation, all Loans that are evidenced by such instruments.

 

(b)          With
respect to each Loan in the Collateral, (i) at least two (2) Business Days before the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Loans
and two (2) Business Days before the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date in the case of any Substitute Loans (or, in each case,
such lesser time as shall be acceptable to the Custodian), the Trust Depositor or the Seller will deliver or cause to be delivered
to the Custodian on the Trustee’s behalf, to the extent not previously delivered, each of the Required Loan Documents with
respect to such Loan; and (ii) on or before the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Loans and on or before the related Substitute
Loan Cutoff Date in the case of any Substitute Loans (or, in each case, such lesser time as shall be acceptable to the Custodian),
the Trust Depositor or the Seller will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian on the Trustee’s behalf, to the
extent not previously delivered, each of the documents in the Loan File that is not part of the Required Loan Documents with respect
to such Loan.

 

    	38

    	 

    

 

Section
2.09.         Limitations on Optional Sale and Substitution.

 

In no event may (a)
the aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of Delinquent Loans and Restructured Loans optionally sold or substituted by the Issuer
hereunder for any reason exceed 7.5% of the Aggregate Outstanding Pool Balance as of the Cutoff Date (the “Cutoff Date Pool
Balance”), subject to the limitation in clause (c) below on aggregate optional sales and substitutions with respect to all
of the Loans, (b) the aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of Defaulted Loans sold or substituted by the Issuer exceed 7.5% of the
Cutoff Date Pool Balance, subject to the limitation in clause (c) below on aggregate optional sales and substitutions with respect
to all of the Loans, or (c) the aggregate Outstanding Loan Balance of all Loans (including any Delinquent Loans, Restructured Loans
or Defaulted Loans optionally sold or substituted as described above) optionally sold or substituted by the Issuer for any reason
exceed 15% of the Cutoff Date Pool Balance. For the purpose of calculating the percentage of the Cutoff Date Pool Balance comprising
Loans that are optionally sold or substituted as described above, any Substitute Loans that have been placed into the Collateral
in satisfaction of the Trust Depositor’s obligations to repurchase or substitute Loans pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be
disregarded.

 

Section
2.10.         Certification by Custodian; Possession of Loan Files.

 

(a)          Review;
Certification. On or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Loans) or the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date
(in the case of any Substitute Loans), the Custodian shall review the Required Loan Documents in the Loan File that are required
to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.08(b) on the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Loans) or the related Substitute
Loan Cutoff Date (in the case of any Substitute Loans), and shall deliver to the Seller, the Trust Depositor, the Trustee, and
the Servicer a certification with respect to the Required Loan Documents delivered to it at such time in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit L-1 on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Loans) or the related Substitute Loan Cutoff
Date (in the case of any Substitute Loans). Within two (2) Business Days after the Custodian receives the Required Loan Documents
in the Loan File that are permitted, pursuant to Section 2.08(b), to be delivered after the related Substitute Loan Cutoff
Date (in the case of any Substitute Loans), the Custodian shall deliver to the Seller, the Trust Depositor, the Initial Purchaser,
the Trustee and the Servicer a certification with respect to the Required Loan Documents delivered to it at such time in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit L-1, which updated certification shall supplement any previous certification given. Within 360
days after the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Loans and the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date in the case of any Substitute
Loans, the Custodian shall deliver to the Seller, the Servicer, the Trust Depositor, the Initial Purchaser, the Trustee and any
Noteholder who requests a copy from the Trustee a final certification in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L-2. A copy
of the final certification will be provided to any Noteholder upon request.

 

    	39

    	 

    

 

(b)          Non-Conforming
Loan Files. If the Custodian during the process of reviewing the Loan Files finds any document constituting a part of a Loan
File that is not properly executed (if applicable), has not been received, is unrelated to a Loan identified in the List of Loans,
or does not conform on its face in a material respect to the requirements of the definition of Loan File, or the description thereof
as set forth in the List of Loans, the Custodian shall promptly so notify the Seller, the Trust Depositor and the Servicer in the
form of an exception report attached to a certification required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(a). In performing any
such review, the Custodian may conclusively rely on the Seller as to the purported genuineness of any such document and any signature
thereon. It is understood that the scope of the Custodian’s review of the Loan Files is limited solely to confirming that
the documents listed in the definition of Required Loan Documents have been executed and received and relate to the Loans identified
in the List of Loans. The Seller agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy a defect in a document constituting part
of a Loan File which it is so notified by the Custodian in an exception report and which the Seller, Trust Depositor or Servicer
has determined to be material in nature. If, however, within 30 days after determination by the Seller or notice from the Trust
Depositor or Servicer that an exception is material, the Seller has not remedied the defect and such defect materially and adversely
affects the value of the related Loan, such Loan will be treated as an Ineligible Loan and the Seller will (i) substitute in lieu
of such Loan a Substitute Loan in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.01 or (ii) repurchase such Loan
at a purchase price equal to the Transfer Deposit Amount, which purchase price shall be deposited in the Collection Account within
such 30 day period. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Trustee nor the Custodian shall be responsible for determining whether
an item listed on an exception report constitutes a material defect or whether such defect materially and adversely affects the
value of the related Loan.

 

(c)          Release
of Entire Loan File upon Sale, Substitution or Repurchase. Subject to Section 5.08(a), upon receipt by the Custodian
of a certification of a Servicing Officer of the Servicer of such substitution or of such purchase and the deposit of the amounts
then required to be deposited as described in Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.10(b) or Section 11.01,
as applicable, in the Collection Account (which certification shall be in the form of Exhibit M hereto), the Trustee (or
the Custodian on its behalf) shall release and ship to the Servicer for release to the Seller the related Loan File and, upon request,
the Trustee and the Issuer shall execute, without recourse, and deliver such instruments of transfer necessary to transfer all
right, title and interest in such Loan to the Seller free and clear of any Liens created by the Transaction Documents. All costs
of any such transfer shall be borne by the Seller.

 

(d)          Partial
Release of Loan File and/or Related Property. Subject to Section 5.08(b), if in connection with taking any action in
connection with a Loan (including, without limitation, the amendment to documents in the Loan File and/or a revision to Related
Property) the Servicer requires any item constituting part of the Loan File, or the release from the Lien of the related Loan of
all or part of any Related Property, the Servicer shall deliver to the Custodian a certificate to such effect in the form attached
as Exhibit M hereto. Subject to Section 5.08(d), upon receipt of such certification, the Custodian shall ship for
delivery to the Servicer within two (2) Business Days of such request (if such request was received by 2:00 p.m., central time),
the requested documentation, and upon request, the Trustee shall execute, without recourse, and deliver such instruments of transfer
necessary to release all or the requested part of the Related Property from the Lien of the related Loan and/or the Lien under
the Transaction Documents.

 

(e)          Annual
Certification. Within ninety (90) days of the beginning of each calendar year, commencing in 2014, the Custodian shall deliver
to the Seller, the Trust Depositor and the Servicer a certification in the form of Exhibit K.

 

    	40

    	 

    

 

Notwithstanding any language
to the contrary herein, neither the Trustee nor the Custodian makes any representations as to, and shall not be responsible to
verify, (i) the validity, legality, enforceability, due authorization, recordability, sufficiency for any purpose, or genuineness
of any of the documents contained in each Loan File or (ii) the collectability, insurability, effectiveness or suitability of any
such Loan Asset. In its review of documents and instruments pursuant to this Agreement, the Custodian and Trustee shall be under
no duty or obligation to inspect, review or examine the Loan Files to determine that the contents thereof are genuine, enforceable
or appropriate for the represented purpose or that they are other than what they purport to be on their face.

 

ARTICLE
3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Trust Depositor
makes, and upon each conveyance of Substitute Loans, is deemed to make, the representations and warranties in Section
3.01 through Section 3.04,
on which the Issuer will rely in purchasing the Initial Loan Assets on the Closing Date (and, any Substitute Loan Assets on the
relevant Substitute Loan Cutoff Date), and on which the Securityholders will rely.

 

Such representations
and warranties are given as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date (or Substitute Loan Cutoff
Date, as applicable), but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Loan Assets to the Issuer. The repurchase obligation
or substitution obligation of the Trust Depositor set forth in Section 11.01 constitutes
the sole remedy available for a breach of a representation or warranty of the Trust Depositor set forth in Section
3.01 through Section 3.04 of this Agreement.

 

Section
3.01.         Representations and Warranties Regarding the Trust Depositor.

 

The Trust Depositor
represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Trustee that:

 

(a)          Organization
and Good Standing. The Trust Depositor is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently
engaged. The Trust Depositor is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character
of the business transacted by it or properties owned or leased by it requires such qualification and in which the failure so to
qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or condition (financial
or otherwise) of the Trust Depositor or the Issuer.

 

    	41

    	 

    

 

(b)          Authorization;
Valid Sale; Binding Obligations. The Trust Depositor has the power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and all of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement
and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and to create the Issuer and cause it to make, execute, deliver and
perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party, and the Trust
Depositor has taken all necessary limited liability company action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement shall effect a valid sale, transfer and assignment
of or grant a security interest in the Loan Assets from the Trust Depositor to the Issuer. This Agreement and the other Transaction
Documents to which the Trust Depositor is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust Depositor enforceable
in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement of such terms may be limited by applicable Insolvency Laws and
general principles of equity, whether considered in a suit at law or in equity.

 

(c)          No
Consent Required. The Trust Depositor is not required to obtain the consent of any other party (other than those that it has
already obtained) or any consent, license, approval or authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any Governmental
Authority (other than (i) the filing of UCC financing statements and (ii) those that it has already obtained) in connection with
the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which
it is a party.

 

(d)          No
Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a
party by the Trust Depositor, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not violate in any
material respect any Applicable Law applicable to the Trust Depositor, or conflict with, result in a default under or constitute
a breach of the Trust Depositor’s organizational documents or material Contractual Obligations to which the Trust Depositor
is a party or by which the Trust Depositor or any of the Trust Depositor’s properties may be bound, or result in the creation
or imposition of any Lien of any kind upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such material Contractual Obligations,
other than as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

(e)          Litigation.
No litigation or administrative proceeding of or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending, or to the
knowledge of the Trust Depositor threatened, against the Trust Depositor or any of its properties or with respect to this Agreement,
the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the Securities (i) that, if adversely determined, would in the reasonable
judgment of the Trust Depositor be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets or condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Trust Depositor or the Issuer or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction
Documents to which the Trust Depositor is a party or (ii) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal,
state or local tax attributes of the Certificate or Notes.

 

(f)          Solvency.
The Trust Depositor, at the time of and after giving effect to each conveyance of Loan Assets hereunder, is Solvent on and as of
the date thereof.

 

    	42

    	 

    

 

(g)          Taxes.
The Trust Depositor has filed or caused to be filed all tax returns which, to its knowledge, are required to be filed and has paid
all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other
taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any amount of tax due,
the validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been provided on the books of the Trust Depositor); no tax Lien
has been filed and, to the Trust Depositor’s knowledge, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or
other charge.

 

(h)          Place
of Business; No Changes. The Trust Depositor’s location (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) is the State of
Delaware. The Trust Depositor has not changed its name, whether by amendment of its certificate of formation, by reorganization
or otherwise, and has not changed its location within the 4-months preceding the Closing Date.

 

(i)          Not
an Investment Company. The Trust Depositor is not and, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Documents, will not be required to be registered as an “investment company” under the 1940 Act.

 

(j)          Sale
Treatment. Other than for accounting and tax purposes, the Trust Depositor has treated the transfer of Loan Assets to the Issuer
for all purposes as a sale and purchase on all of its relevant books and records and other applicable documents.

 

(k)          Security
Interest.

 

(i)          This
Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in favor of the Issuer in all right,
title and interest of Trust Depositor in the Loan Assets, which security interest is prior to all other Liens (except for Permitted
Liens), and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Trust Depositor;

 

(ii)         the
Loans, along with the related Loan Files, constitute “general intangibles,” “instruments,” “accounts,”
“investment property,” or “chattel paper,” within the meaning of the applicable UCC;

 

(iii)        the
Trust Depositor owns and has, and upon the sale and transfer thereof by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer, the Issuer will have,
good and marketable title to the Loan Assets free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens), claim or encumbrance of any
Person;

 

(iv)        the
Trust Depositor has received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Loan Assets to the sale of the Loan Assets
hereunder to the Issuer;

 

(v)         the
Trust Depositor has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions
under Applicable Law in order to perfect the security interest in the Loan Assets granted to the Issuer under this Agreement to
the extent perfection can be achieved by filing a financing statement; 

 

    	43

    	 

    

 

 

 

(vi)        other
than the security interest granted to the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement, the Trust Depositor has not pledged, assigned, sold,
granted a security interest in or otherwise conveyed any of the Loan Assets. The Trust Depositor has not authorized the filing
of and is not aware of any financing statements naming the Trust Depositor as debtor that include a description of collateral covering
the Loan Assets other than any financing statement (A) relating to the security interest granted by the Trust Depositor under this
Agreement, or (B) that has been terminated or for which a release or partial release has been filed. The Trust Depositor is not
aware of the filing of any judgment or tax Lien filings against the Trust Depositor;

 

(vii)       all
original executed copies of each Underlying Note (if any) that constitute or evidence the Loan Assets have been delivered to the
Trustee;

 

(viii)      the
Trust Depositor has received a written acknowledgment from the Trustee that the Trustee or its bailee is holding any Underlying
Notes that constitute or evidence any Loan Assets solely on behalf of and for the benefit of the Securityholders; and

 

(ix)         none
of the Underlying Notes that constitute or evidence any Loan Assets has any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged,
assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

(l)          Value
Given. The cash payments and the Certificate received by the Trust Depositor in respect of the purchase price of the Loan Assets
sold hereunder constitute reasonably equivalent value in consideration for the transfer to the Issuer of such Loan Assets under
this Agreement, such transfer was not made for or on account of an antecedent debt owed by the Seller to the Trust Depositor, and
such transfer was not and is not voidable or subject to avoidance under any Insolvency Law.

 

(m)         Investment
Company. The Issuer is not and, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, will not
be required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act.

 

(n)          No
Defaults. The Trust Depositor is not in default with respect to any order or decree of any court or any order, regulation or
demand of any federal, state, municipal or governmental agency, which default would reasonably be expected to have consequences
that would materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Trust Depositor or its respective
properties or might have consequences that would materially and adversely affect its performance hereunder.

 

    	44

    	 

    

 

(o)         Bulk
Transfer Laws. The transfer, assignment and conveyance of the Loans by the Trust Depositor pursuant to this Agreement are not
subject to the bulk transfer laws or any similar statutory provisions in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

(p)         Origination
and Collection Practices. The origination and collection practices used by any Affiliate of the Trust Depositor with respect
to each Loan have been consistent with the Servicing Standard and have complied with the Credit and Collection Policy in all material
respects.

 

(q)         [Reserved].

 

(r)          Lack
of Intent to Hinder, Delay or Defraud. Neither the Trust Depositor nor any of its Affiliates sold, or will sell, any interest
in any Loan Asset with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of their respective creditors.

 

(s)          Nonconsolidation.
The Trust Depositor conducts its affairs such that the Issuer would not be substantively consolidated in the estate of the Trust
Depositor and their respective separate existences would not be disregarded in the event of the Trust Depositor’s bankruptcy.

 

(t)          Accuracy
of Information. All written factual information heretofore furnished by the Trust Depositor for purposes of or in connection
with this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which Trust Depositor is a party, or any transaction contemplated hereby
or thereby is, and all such written factual information hereafter furnished by the Trust Depositor to any party to the Transaction
Documents will be, true and accurate in all material respects, on the date such information is stated or certified; provided
that the Trust Depositor shall not be responsible for any factual information furnished to it by any third party not affiliated
with it, or the Seller or the Servicer, except to the extent that a Responsible Officer of the Trust Depositor has actual knowledge
that such factual information is inaccurate in any material respect.

 

The representations
and warranties set forth in Section 3.01(k) may not be waived by any Person and shall
survive the termination of this Agreement. The Trust Depositor and Issuer shall provide the Rating Agency with prompt written notice
upon obtaining knowledge of any breach of the representations and warranties set out in Section 3.01(k).

 

Section
3.02.         Representations and Warranties Regarding Each Loan and as
to Certain Loans in the Aggregate.

 

The Trust Depositor
represents and warrants as to each Initial Loan as of the Closing Date, and as of each Substitute Loan Cutoff Date with respect
to each Substitute Loan, that:

 

    	45

    	 

    

 

(a)          List
of Loans. The information set forth in the List of Loans attached hereto as Exhibit G (as the same may be amended or
deemed amended in respect of a conveyance of Substitute Loans on a Substitute Loan Cutoff Date) is true, complete and correct as
of the Closing Date and each Substitute Loan Cutoff Date, as applicable.

 

(b)          Eligible
Loan. Such Loan satisfies the criteria for the definition of Eligible Loan set forth in this Agreement as of the date of its
conveyance hereunder.

 

Section
3.03.        [Reserved].

 

Section
3.04.        Representations and Warranties Regarding the Required Loan
Documents.

 

The Trust Depositor
represents and warrants on the Closing Date with respect to the Initial Loans (or as of the related Substitute Loan Cutoff Date,
with respect to Substitute Loans), that except as otherwise provided in Section 2.08,
the Required Loan Documents and each other item included in the Loan File for each Loan are in the possession of the Trustee (or
the Custodian, on behalf of the Trustee).

 

Section
3.05.        [Reserved].

 

Section
3.06.        Representations and Warranties Regarding the Servicer.

 

The initial Servicer
represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee that:

 

(a)          Organization
and Good Standing. The Servicer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of formation and has the power to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged. The
Servicer is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the business transacted
by it or properties owned or leased by it requires such qualification and in which the failure so to qualify would have a material
adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Servicer or the Issuer. The Servicer
is properly licensed in each jurisdiction to the extent required by the laws of such jurisdiction to service the Loans in accordance
with the terms hereof and in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
the business, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Servicer or Issuer.

 

(b)          Authorization;
Binding Obligations. The Servicer has the power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the
other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party and all of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and
the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party. This
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations
of the Servicer enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement of such terms may be limited by applicable
Insolvency Laws and general principles of equity, whether considered in a suit at law or in equity.

 

    	46

    	 

    

 

(c)          No
Consent Required. The Servicer is not required to obtain the consent of any other party (other than those that it has already
obtained) or any consent, license, approval or authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any Governmental Authority
(other than those that it has already obtained) in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability
of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party.

 

(d)          No
Violations. The execution, delivery and performance by the Servicer of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to
which the Servicer is a party will not violate any Applicable Law applicable to the Servicer, or conflict with, result in a default
under or constitute a breach of the Servicer’s organizational documents or any material Contractual Obligations to which
the Servicer is a party or by which the Servicer or any of the Servicer’s properties may be bound, or result in the creation
of or imposition of any Lien of any kind upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such material Contractual Obligations,
other than as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

(e)          Litigation.
No litigation or administrative proceeding of or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending, or to the
knowledge of the Servicer threatened, against the Servicer or any of its properties or with respect to this Agreement, or any other
Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party that, if adversely determined, would in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer
be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Servicer or the Issuer or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Servicer
is a party.

 

(f)          Reports.
All reports, certificates and other written information furnished by the Servicer with respect to the Loans are correct in all
material respects on the date such information is furnished or certified; provided that the Servicer shall not be responsible
for any information furnished to it by any third party not affiliated with the Servicer contained in any such reports, certificates
or other written information, except to the extent that a Responsible Officer of the Servicer has actual knowledge that such factual
information is inaccurate in any material respect.

 

Section
3.07.        Representations of the Backup Servicer.
The Backup Servicer represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee that:

 

(a)          Organization
and Good Standing. The Backup Servicer has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of its jurisdiction of organization, with power, authority and legal right to own its properties and to conduct its business as
such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now has, power,
authority and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

    	47

    	 

    

 

(b)          Due
Qualification. The Backup Servicer is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses
and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business (including the servicing
of the Loans as required by this Agreement) requires or shall require such qualification;

 

(c)          Power
and Authority. The Backup Servicer has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction
Documents to which the Backup Servicer is a party and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively, and the execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Backup Servicer is a party have been
duly authorized by the Backup Servicer by all necessary corporate action;

 

(d)          Binding
Obligation. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Backup Servicer is a party shall constitute the
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Backup Servicer enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered
in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(e)          No
Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which
the Backup Servicer is a party, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which
the Backup Servicer is a party, shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute
(with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Backup Servicer, or any
indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Backup Servicer is a party or by which it is bound,
or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement,
mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable
to the Backup Servicer of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality
having jurisdiction over the Backup Servicer or any of its properties;

 

(f)          No
Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Backup Servicer's knowledge, threatened against
the Backup Servicer, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality
having jurisdiction over the Backup Servicer or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Transaction
Documents to which the Backup Servicer is a party, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents to which the Backup Servicer is a party,
(C) seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the performance by
the Backup Servicer of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents
to which the Backup Servicer is a party or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or local
tax attributes of the Notes;

 

    	48

    	 

    

 

(g)          No
Consents. The Backup Servicer is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or
authorization, or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution,
delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement which has not already been obtained.

 

ARTICLE
4.

PERFECTION OF TRANSFER
AND

PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS

 

Section
4.01.         Custody of Loans.

 

The contents of each
Loan File shall be held in the custody of the Custodian (on behalf of the Trustee) under the Indenture for the benefit of, and
as agent for, the Securityholders.

 

Section
4.02.         Filing.

 

On the Closing Date,
the Seller, Trust Depositor and Servicer shall cause the UCC financing statement(s) referred to in Section
2.02(h) hereof to be filed, and from time to time the Servicer, on behalf of the Issuer, shall take and cause to be
taken such actions and execute such documents as are necessary or desirable or as the Issuer or Trustee (acting at the direction
of the Majority Noteholders) may reasonably request to perfect and protect the Trustee’s first priority perfected security
interest in the Loan Assets against all other Persons, including, without limitation, the filing of financing statements, amendments
thereto and continuation statements, the execution of transfer instruments and the making of notations on or taking possession
of all records or documents of title. Notwithstanding the obligations of the Seller, Trust Depositor and Servicer set forth in
the preceding sentence, the Issuer hereby authorizes the Servicer to prepare and file, at the expense of the initial Servicer,
such UCC financing statements (including but not limited to renewal, continuation or in lieu statements) and amendments or supplements
thereto or other instruments as the Servicer may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate in order to perfect and maintain
the security interest granted hereunder in accordance with the UCC.

 

Section
4.03.        Changes in Name, Organizational Structure or Location.

 

(a)          During
the term of this Agreement, none of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trust Depositor or the Issuer shall change its name, form of
organization, existence, state of formation or location without first giving at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the
other parties hereto and the Owner Trustee.

 

    	49

    	 

    

 

(b)          If
any change in either the Servicer’s, the Seller’s or the Trust Depositor’s name, form of organization, existence,
state of formation, location or other action would make any financing or continuation statement or notice of ownership interest
or Lien relating to any Loan Asset seriously misleading within the meaning of applicable provisions of the UCC or any title statute,
the Servicer, no later than ten (10) Business Days after the effective date of such change, shall file such amendments as may be
required (including, but not limited to, any filings and other acts necessary or advisable under the UCC of each relevant jurisdiction)
to preserve and protect the Trustee’s security interest in the Loan Assets and the proceeds thereof.

 

Section
4.04.         Costs and Expenses.

 

The initial Servicer
agrees to pay all reasonable costs and disbursements in connection with the perfection and the maintenance of perfection, as against
all third parties, of the Trustees’ and Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the Loan Assets (including, without
limitation, the security interest in the Related Property related thereto and the security interests provided for in the Indenture);
provided that to the extent permitted by the Required Loan Documents, the Servicer may seek reimbursement for such costs
and disbursements from the related Obligors.

 

Section
4.05.         Sale Treatment.

 

Other than for accounting
and tax purposes, the Trust Depositor shall treat the transfer of Loan Assets made hereunder for all purposes as a sale and purchase
on all of its relevant books and records.

 

Section
4.06.         Separateness from Trust Depositor.

 

The Seller agrees to
take or refrain from taking or engaging in with respect to the Trust Depositor each of the actions or activities specified in the
“substantive consolidation” opinion of Dechert LLP (including any certificates of the Seller delivered in connection
therewith) delivered on the Closing Date, upon which the conclusions therein are based.

 

ARTICLE
5.

SERVICING OF LOANS

 

Section
5.01.        Appointment and Acceptance.

 

(a)          Horizon
is hereby appointed as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement and pursuant to the other Transaction Documents under which the Servicer
has any rights, duties or obligations. Horizon accepts such appointment and agrees to act as the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement
and pursuant to the other Transaction Documents under which Horizon, as Servicer, has any rights, duties or obligations.

 

(b)          U.S.
Bank National Association is hereby appointed as Backup Servicer pursuant to this Agreement and pursuant to the other Transaction
Documents under which the Backup Servicer has any rights, duties or obligations. U.S. Bank National Association hereby accepts
such appointment and agrees to act as the Backup Servicer pursuant to this Agreement and pursuant to the other Transaction Documents
under which U.S. Bank National Association, as Backup Servicer, has any rights, duties or obligations.

 

    	50

    	 

    

 

Section
5.02.        Duties of the Servicer and the Backup Servicer.

 

(a)          The
Servicer, as an independent contract servicer, shall service and administer the Loans (including, with respect to Co-Lender Loans,
the Issuer’s interest as a lender thereunder) and shall have full power and authority, acting alone, to do any and all things
in connection with such servicing and administration which the Servicer may deem necessary or desirable and consistent with the
terms of this Agreement, the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard and the Issuer’s rights under the applicable
Underlying Loan Agreements. The parties hereto each acknowledge, and the Noteholders and the Certificateholder are hereby deemed
to acknowledge, that the Servicer, as Servicer under this Agreement, possesses only such rights with respect to the enforcement
of rights and remedies with respect to the Loans and the Related Property and under the Required Loan Documents as those which
have been transferred to the Issuer with respect to the related Loan. Therefore, the provisions of this Article V shall
only apply to Co-Lender Loans with respect to which the Servicer is the lead agent and to the extent not inconsistent with the
related Required Loan Documents.

 

(b)          The
Servicer may perform its duties directly or, consistent with the Servicing Standard, through agents, accountants, experts, attorneys,
brokers, consultants or nominees selected with reasonable care by the Servicer. The Servicer will remain fully responsible and
fully liable for its duties and obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Document notwithstanding any such delegation
to a third party. Performance by any such third party of any of the duties of the Servicer hereunder or under any other Transaction
Document shall be deemed to be performance thereof by the Servicer. In addition, the Servicer may enter into Subservicing Agreements
for any servicing and administration of Loans with any entity; provided that for any Subservicing Agreement that delegates
all or substantially all of the Servicer’s duties hereunder, the Holders of 100% of the Notes shall have consented in writing
to such Subservicing Agreement and the Servicer shall have provided the Rating Agency with written notice of such Subservicing
Agreement; provided, further, that the Backup Servicer shall not be required to obtain such consent if, after such
time as the Backup Servicer shall have become the Servicer hereunder, it shall enter into a Subservicing Agreement that delegates
all or substantially all of the Servicer’s duties hereunder. The Servicer shall be entitled to terminate any Subservicing
Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Subservicing Agreement and to either itself directly service the
related Loans or enter into a Subservicing Agreement with a successor Subservicer as permitted in this clause (b); provided
that the Servicer shall promptly notify the Rating Agencies of the termination of any Subservicing Agreement that had delegated
all or substantially all of the Servicer’s duties hereunder. Notwithstanding any Subservicing Agreement, any of the provisions
of this Agreement relating to agreements or arrangements between the Servicer and a Subservicer or referencing actions taken through
a Subservicer or otherwise, so long as this Agreement shall remain effective, the Servicer shall remain obligated and primarily
liable to the Trustee, for itself and on behalf of the Issuer, for the servicing and administering of the Loans in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement, the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard, without diminution of such obligation
or liability by virtue of such Subservicing Agreements or other arrangements with third parties pursuant to this clause (b)
or by virtue of indemnification from the Subservicer and to the same extent and under the same terms and conditions as if the Servicer
alone were servicing and administering the Loans. For purposes of this Agreement, the Servicer shall be deemed to have received
payments on Loans when any Subservicer has received such payments. The Servicer shall be entitled to enter into any agreement with
a Subservicer for indemnification of the Servicer by such Subservicer, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed
to limit or modify such indemnification.

 

    	51

    	 

    

 

(c)          Any
Subservicing Agreement that may be entered into and any transactions or services relating to the Loans involving a Subservicer
in its capacity as such and not as an originator shall be deemed to be between the Subservicer and the Servicer alone, and the
Trustee and the Securityholders shall not be deemed parties thereto and shall have no claims, rights, obligations, duties or liabilities
with respect to the Subservicer except as set forth in Section 5.02(d). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall
(i) at its expense and without reimbursement, deliver to the Trustee a copy of each Subservicing Agreement and (ii) provide notice
of the termination of any Subservicer within a reasonable time after such Subservicer’s termination to the Trustee.

 

(d)          In
the event the initial Servicer shall for any reason no longer be the Servicer, the initial Servicer at its expense and without
right of reimbursement therefor, shall, upon request of the Trustee, deliver to the Backup Servicer all documents and records (including
computer tapes and diskettes) in its possession relating to each Subservicing Agreement and the Loans then being serviced hereunder
and an accounting of amounts collected and held by it hereunder and otherwise use its best efforts to effect the orderly and efficient
transfer of the Subservicing Agreements and of any other arrangements with third parties pursuant to clause (a) of
this Section 5.02 to the Backup Servicer to the extent permitted thereby.

 

(e)          Modifications
and Waivers Relating to Loans.

 

(i)          So
long as it is consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard, the Servicer may agree to waive, modify
or vary any term of any Loan, if in the Servicer’s determination such waiver, modification or variance will not be materially
adverse to the interests of the Noteholders; provided that the Servicer may not:

 

(1)         agree
to amend, waive, modify or vary any Loan in any manner that would extend the stated maturity date of such Loan beyond the Legal
Final Payment Date; or

 

(2)         enter
into any amendment, waiver, modification or variance with respect to any Loan for the purpose or with the intention of causing
a Substitution Event to occur with respect to such Loan solely in order to render such Loan eligible for repurchase or substitution
hereunder.

 

    	52

    	 

    

 

(ii)         Except
as expressly set forth in Section 5.02(e)(i), the Servicer may execute any amendments, waivers, modifications or variances
related to such Loan and any documents related thereto on behalf of the Issuer.

 

(iii)        [Reserved].

 

(iv)        Although
costs incurred by the Servicer or any Subservicer in respect of Servicing Advances, including any interest owed with respect thereto,
may be added to the amount owing by the Obligor under the related Loan, such amounts shall not be so added for the purposes of
calculating distributions to Noteholders. Any fees and costs imposed in connection therewith on the Obligor of the related Loan,
and any reimbursement of Servicing Advances by any Obligor or out of Sale Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds,
in each case, received with respect to the related Loan or its Related Property shall be withdrawn and payable to the Servicer
from the Collection Account pursuant to Section 7.03(h) as additional servicing compensation or reimbursement, as applicable.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as it is consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing
Standard, the Servicer shall continue, and is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of the Issuer, the
Trustee and each Securityholder, all instruments of amendment, waiver, satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release,
discharge and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Loans and with respect to any Related Property. Such authority
shall include, but not be limited to, the authority to substitute or release items of Related Property consistent with the Credit
and Collection Policy and the Servicing Agreement and sell Loans previously transferred to the Issuer. The Issuer and the Trustee
have granted a power of attorney to the Servicer with respect thereto, pursuant to Section 5.02(t). In connection with
any such sale, the Servicer shall deposit in the Collection Account, pursuant to Section 7.03(b), all proceeds received
upon such sale (other than Excluded Amounts). If reasonably required by the Servicer, the Issuer and the Trustee shall furnish
the Servicer, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of the Servicer’s request, with any powers of attorney and other documents
necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties under this Agreement or under
any of the other Transaction Documents. Any such request by the Servicer to the Issuer or the Trustee shall be accompanied by a
certification in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto signed by a Servicing Officer. In connection with any substitution
of Related Property, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee the items required by, and within the time frame set forth in, Section
2.08, assuming that the date of substitution is the relevant Substitute Loan Cutoff Date.

 

(v)         The
Servicer will not be in breach of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any waiver, modification or variance taken
by the administrative agent, syndicate agent or other Person acting in a similar capacity in respect of a Co-Lender Loan at the
direction of the requisite percentage of the lenders in violation of this Agreement if the Servicer, acting on behalf of the Issuer,
did not consent to such waiver, modification or variance on behalf of the Issuer.

 

    	53

    	 

    

 

(f)          The
Servicer shall service and administer the Loans (including collection, foreclosure, foreclosed property and repossessed collateral
management procedures other than for Co-Lender Loans, and with respect to Co-Lender Loans, the Issuer’s interest as a lender
or purchaser thereunder) in accordance with the Required Loan Documents, the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard.

 

(g)          In
accordance with the power set forth in Section 2.01(a), the initial Servicer shall perform the duties of the Issuer under
the Transaction Documents. In furtherance of the foregoing, the initial Servicer shall consult with the Owner Trustee as the Servicer
deems appropriate regarding the duties of the Issuer under the Transaction Documents. The initial Servicer shall monitor the performance
of the Issuer and the Owner Trustee of their respective duties under the Transaction Documents and shall advise the Owner Trustee
when action is necessary to comply with the Issuer’s or the Owner Trustee’s duties under the Transaction Documents.
The initial Servicer shall prepare for execution by the Owner Trustee or the Issuer or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate
Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Issuer or
the Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Transaction Documents.

 

(h)          In
addition to the duties of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, the initial Servicer shall
perform or shall cause to be performed such calculations and shall prepare for execution by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or
shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and
opinions as it shall be the duty of the Issuer to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to state and federal tax and securities laws.
In accordance with the directions of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, as applicable, the initial Servicer shall administer, perform
or supervise the performance of such other activities in connection with the Issuer as are not covered by any of the foregoing
provisions and as are expressly requested by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee and are reasonably within the capability of the Servicer.
The Servicer is hereby authorized to execute documents, instruments and certificates on behalf of the Issuer.

 

(i)          Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Servicer shall be responsible for promptly
(upon a Responsible Officer of the Servicer having actual knowledge thereof) notifying the Owner Trustee and the Trustee in the
event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Issuer’s payments (or allocations of income) to a Securityholder. Any such
notice shall be in writing and specify the amount of any withholding tax required to be withheld by the Owner Trustee or the Trustee
pursuant to such provision.

 

(j)          All
tax returns required to be signed by the Issuer, if any, will be signed by the Servicer (so long as the Servicer is the Seller)
on behalf of the Issuer if permitted under applicable law and otherwise by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer.

 

    	54

    	 

    

 

(k)          The
Servicer shall maintain appropriate books of account and records relating to services performed under this Agreement, which books
of account and records shall be reasonably accessible for inspection by the Owner Trustee and Trustee at any time during the Servicer’s
normal business hours upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice.

 

(l)          The
Servicer shall provide written notice of any material change to the Servicing Standard and the Credit and Collection Policy to
the Rating Agency, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee.

 

(m)          For
so long as any of the Notes are outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) of
the Securities Act, (i) the initial Servicer will provide or cause to be provided to any holder of such Notes and any prospective
purchaser thereof designated by such holder, upon the request of such a holder or prospective purchaser, the information required
to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act; and (ii) the initial Servicer
shall update such information from time to time in order to prevent such information from becoming false and misleading and will
take such other actions as are necessary to ensure that the safe harbor exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act under Rule 144A is and will be available for resales of such Notes conducted in accordance with Rule 144A.

 

(n)          The
initial Servicer will keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and franchise as a Delaware corporation, and the Servicer
shall obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary
to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement and of any of the Loans and to perform its duties under this Agreement.

 

(o)          The
Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement for any Servicing Advances or Scheduled Payment Advances from Collections. Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the application of Scheduled Payment Advances prevent a Loan from
being or becoming a Defaulted Loan.

 

(p)          The
Servicer shall not be responsible for any taxes payable by the Issuer or any Servicing Fees payable to any Successor Servicer.

 

(q)          All
payments received on Loans by the Servicer will be applied by the Servicer to amounts due by each Obligor in accordance with the
provisions of the related Required Loan Documents or, if to be applied at the discretion of the Servicer, then consistent with
the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard.

 

(r)          To
the extent permitted by applicable law, the initial Servicer shall be responsible for any tax reporting, disclosure, record keeping
or list maintenance requirements of the Issuer under Code Sections 6011(a), 6111(d) or 6112, including, but not limited to, the
preparation of IRS Form 8886 pursuant to Federal Income Tax Regulations Section 1.6011-4(d) or any successor provision and any
required list maintenance under Federal Income Tax Regulations Section 301.6112-1 or any successor provision.

 

    	55

    	 

    

 

(s)          The
Servicer will maintain the Servicing Files at the principal place of business of the Servicer at the address set forth in Section
13.04 hereof in accordance with the Servicing Standard.

 

(t)          The
Trust Depositor, the Issuer and the Trustee each hereby irrevocably (except as provided below) appoint the Servicer its respective
true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full power of substitution) in its name, place and stead and at the Issuer’s
expense, in connection with the performance of the Servicer’s duties provided for in this Agreement and in the other Transaction
Documents, including the following powers: (a) to give any necessary receipts or acquittance for amounts collected or received
on or with respect to the Loans and the Related Property, (b) to make all necessary transfers of the Loans, and/or of the
Related Property, as applicable, in accordance herewith and therewith, (c) to execute (under hand under seal or as a deed)
and deliver all necessary or appropriate bills of sale, assignments, agreements and other instruments and endorsements in connection
with any such transfer, and (d) to execute (under hand, under seal or as a deed) any votes, consents, directions, releases,
amendments, waivers, satisfactions and cancellations, agreements, instruments, orders or other documents or certificates in connection
with or pursuant to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents relating thereto or to the duties of the Servicer hereunder
or thereunder, the Trust Depositor, the Issuer and the Trustee hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact (or
any substitute) shall lawfully do under this power of attorney and in accordance with this Agreement and the other Transaction
Documents as applicable thereto. Nevertheless, if so requested by the Servicer, the Trust Depositor, the Issuer and the Trustee
or any thereof, as requested, shall ratify and confirm any such act by executing and delivering to the Servicer or as directed
by the Servicer all proper bills of sale, assignments, releases, endorsements and other certificates, instruments and documents
of whatever nature as may reasonably be designated in any such request. This power of attorney shall, however, expire, and the
Servicer and any substitute agent or attorney-in-fact appointed by the Servicer pursuant hereto shall cease to have any power to
act as the agent or attorney-in-fact of the Trust Depositor, the Issuer or of the Trustee upon termination of this Agreement or
upon a Servicer Transfer from and after which the Successor Servicer shall be deemed to have the rights of the Servicer pursuant
to this clause (t).

 

(u)          The
Servicer shall execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and filed such continuation statements, all
in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the Issuer,
the Securityholders, the Trustee and the Owner Trustee in the Loans and in the proceeds thereof. The Servicer shall deliver (or
cause to be delivered) to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed
as provided above, as soon as available following such filing.

 

    	56

    	 

    

 

(v)         The
Servicer shall provide the Backup Servicer with a list of attorneys used in servicing or collecting on the Loans and shall provide
an updated list to the Backup Servicer on an annual basis.

 

(w)          Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Agreement, if any material conflict or material inconsistency exists among the Required Loan Documents,
the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard, the provisions of the Required Loan Documents shall control.

 

(x)          As
set forth in Article VIII, in the event the Servicer fails to perform its obligations hereunder, the Backup Servicer, should it
assume the role of Successor Servicer, shall be responsible for the Servicer’s duties in this Agreement as if it were the
Servicer, provided that the Backup Servicer shall not be liable for the Servicer’s breach of its obligations.

 

(y)          The
Backup Servicer shall receive a one-time fee of $125,000 (“the “Successor Servicer Engagement Fee”) if
it assumes the obligations of the Servicer hereunder.

 

(z)          The
Backup Servicer shall have the following duties: (i) the Backup Servicer shall conduct periodic on-site visits not more than once
every 12 months to meet with appropriate operations personnel to discuss any changes in processes and procedures that have occurred
since the last visit, (ii) within 90 days of the Closing Date, the Backup Servicer shall have completed all data-mapping, and (iii)
not more than once per year, the Backup Servicer shall update or amend the data-mapping by effecting a data-map refresh upon receipt
of written notice from the Servicer specifying updated or amended fields, if any, in (a) fields in the Tape or (b) fields confirmed
in the original data-mapping referred to in clause (ii) above. Each on-site visit shall be at the cost of Horizon.

 

Section
5.03.        Liquidation of Loans.

 

(a)          In
the event that any payment due under any Loan and not postponed pursuant to Section 5.02 is not paid when the same becomes
due and payable, or in the event the Obligor fails to perform any other covenant or obligation under the Loan which results in
an event of default thereunder, the Servicer in accordance with the Required Loan Documents, the Credit and Collection Policy and
the Servicing Standard shall take such commercially reasonable action as shall maximize the amount of recovery thereon and as the
Servicer shall deem to be in the best interests of the Issuer; provided that if such Loan is a Co-Lender Loan, the Servicer’s
obligations shall be limited to exercising the Issuer’s rights thereunder; provided, further, that in lieu
of taking such action, the Servicer, consistent with its Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard, may amend or
modify such Loan.

 

    	57

    	 

    

 

(b)          The
Servicer will not be in breach of its obligations under this Section 5.03 by reason of any action taken by the administrative
agent, syndicate agent or other Person acting in a similar capacity in respect of a Co-Lender Loan at the direction of the requisite
percentage of the lenders in violation of this Agreement if the Servicer, acting on behalf of the Issuer, did not consent to such
action on behalf of the Issuer. The Servicer, consistent with its Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard, may
accelerate all payments due under any Loan to the extent permitted by the Required Loan Documents and foreclose upon at a public
or private sale or otherwise comparably effect the ownership of Related Property relating to Defaulted Loans for which the related
Loan is still outstanding and as to which no satisfactory arrangements can be made for collection of delinquent payments in accordance
with the provisions of Section 5.10 nor satisfactory amendment or modification is made in accordance with Section 5.03(a).
Subject to applicable law, the Servicer shall act, or shall engage an experienced Person qualified to act, as sales and processing
agent for the Related Property that is foreclosed upon. In connection with such foreclosure or other conversion and any other liquidation
action or enforcement of remedies, the Servicer shall exercise collection and foreclosure procedures in accordance with the Credit
and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard. Any sale of the Related Property is to be evidenced by a certificate of a Responsible
Officer of the Servicer delivered to the Trustee setting forth the Loan, the Related Property, the sale price of the Related Property
and certifying that such sale price is the fair market value of such Related Property. In any case in which any such Related Property
has suffered damage, the Servicer will not expend funds in connection with any repair or toward the repossession of such Related
Property unless it reasonably determines that such repair and/or repossession will increase the Liquidation Proceeds by an amount
greater than the amount of such expenses.

 

(c)          No
later than two (2) Business Days following its receipt thereof, the Servicer will remit to the Lockbox Account, for subsequent
deposit in the Collection Account, the Liquidation Proceeds and any Insurance Proceeds received in connection with the sale or
disposition of Related Property relating to a Defaulted Loan.

 

(d)          After
a Loan has been liquidated, the Servicer shall promptly prepare and forward to the Trustee and upon request, any Securityholder,
a report (the “Liquidation Report”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, detailing the Liquidation
Proceeds received from such Loan, the Liquidation Expenses incurred and reimbursed to the Servicer with respect thereto, any Scheduled
Payment Advances and Servicing Advances, together with interest due thereon, reimbursed to the Servicer therefrom, any loss incurred
in connection therewith, and any Nonrecoverable Advances to be reimbursed to the Servicer with respect thereto in accordance with
the Priority of Payments in Section 7.05.

 

Section
5.04.         [Reserved.]

 

Section
5.05.         Maintenance of Insurance.

 

In connection with
its activities as Servicer of the Loans, the Servicer agrees to present claims to the insurer under any applicable Insurance Policy
and, with respect to any Foreclosed Property, any applicable general liability policy, and to settle, adjust and compromise such
claims, in each case, consistent with the terms of the Required Loan Documents, the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing
Standard. Any amounts collected by the Servicer under any such Insurance Policies in respect of the related Loan (other than amounts
to be applied to the restoration or repair of the Related Property or amounts to be released to the Obligor or other creditors
or Persons in accordance with Applicable Law, the Required Loan Documents, the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard)
shall be deposited in the Collection Account, subject to withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.03(h).

 

    	58

    	 

    

 

Section
5.06.        Collection of Certain Loan Payments.

 

(a)          The
Servicer shall make reasonable efforts, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard, to collect
all payments required under the terms and provisions of the Loans as and when the same become due. Consistent with the foregoing
and the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing Standard, the Servicer may in its discretion waive or permit to be waived
any fee or charge which the Servicer would be entitled to retain hereunder as servicing compensation and extend the due date for
payments due on a Loan as provided in Section 5.02(e).

 

(b)          Except
as otherwise permitted under this Agreement, the Servicer agrees not to make, or consent to, any change, in the direction of, or
instructions with respect to, any payments to be made by an Obligor in any manner that would diminish, impair, delay or otherwise
adversely affect the timing or receipt of such payments without the prior written consent of the Trustee and with the consent of
the Majority Noteholders.

 

Section
5.07.        Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
the Loans.

 

The Servicer shall
provide to the Issuer, the Trustee, any Noteholder, any bank, thrift or insurance company regulatory authority and the supervisory
agents and examiners of any regulated Noteholder, access to the documentation regarding the Loans required by applicable local,
state and federal regulations, such access being afforded without charge but only upon not less than three Business Days prior
written request by the Issuer, the Trustee or any such regulated Noteholder and during normal business hours at the offices of
the Servicer designated by it and in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the Servicer’s normal operations
or customer or employee relations. The Trustee, the Issuer, such Noteholder and the representative of any such regulatory authority
designated by the related Noteholder to view such information shall and shall cause their representatives to hold in confidence
all such information except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment
are unavailing) and except to the extent that the Trustee and the Issuer may reasonably determine that such disclosure is consistent
with their obligations hereunder. The Servicer may request that any such Person not a party hereto enter into a confidentiality
agreement reasonably acceptable to the Servicer prior to permitting such Person to view such information.

 

    	59

    	 

    

 

 

Section
5.08.        Satisfaction of Collateral and Release of Loan Files.

 

(a)          Upon
the payment in full of any Loan, the receipt by the Servicer of a notification that payment in full will be escrowed in a manner
customary for such purposes or the deposit into the Collection Account of the purchase price of any Loan acquired by the Trust
Depositor, the Servicer or another Person pursuant to this Agreement, or any other Transaction Document, the Servicer will immediately
notify the Trustee by a certification in the form of Exhibit M attached hereto (which certification shall include a statement
to the effect that all amounts received or to be received in connection with such payment which are required to be deposited in
the Collection Account pursuant to Section 7.03(b) have been or will be so deposited) of a Servicing Officer and shall request
delivery to it of the Loan File. Upon receipt of such certification and request, the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.10(c),
shall release, within two (2) Business Days (if such request was received by 2:00 p.m. Eastern time), the related Loan File to
the Servicer. Expenses incurred in connection with any instrument of satisfaction or deed of reconveyance shall be payable by the
Servicer and shall not be chargeable to the Collection Account or the Distribution Account; provided that the Servicer may
collect and retain such expenses from the underlying Obligor.

 

(b)          From
time to time and as appropriate for the servicing or foreclosure of any Loan, the Trustee shall, upon request of the Servicer and
delivery to the Trustee of a certification in the form of Exhibit M attached hereto signed by a Servicing Officer, release
the related Loan File to the Servicer within two (2) Business Days (if such request was received by 2:00 p.m. Eastern time). The
Servicer shall return the Loan File to the Trustee when the need therefor by the Servicer no longer exists, unless the Loan has
been liquidated and the Liquidation Proceeds relating to the Loan have been deposited in the Lockbox Account, for further credit
to the Collection Account, and remitted to the Trustee for deposit in the Distribution Account or the Loan File or such document
has been delivered to an attorney, or to a public trustee or other public official as required by law, for purposes of initiating
or pursuing legal action or other proceedings for the foreclosure or repossession of Related Property either judicially or non-judicially,
and the Servicer has delivered to the Trustee a certificate of a Servicing Officer certifying as to the name and address of the
Person to whom such Loan File or such document was delivered and the purpose or purposes of such delivery. Upon receipt of a certificate
of a Servicing Officer stating that such Loan was liquidated, the servicing receipt relating to such Loan shall be released by
the Trustee to the Servicer.

 

(c)          The
Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Servicer any court pleadings, requests for trustee’s sale or other documents provided
to it necessary to the servicing or foreclosure or trustee’s sale in respect of Related Property or to any legal action brought
to obtain judgment against any Obligor on the related loan agreement (including any Underlying Note or other agreement securing
Related Property) or to obtain a deficiency judgment, or to enforce any other remedies or rights provided by the related loan agreement
(including any Underlying Note or other agreement securing Related Property) or otherwise available at law or in equity. Together
with such documents or pleadings, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate of a Servicing Officer requesting that
such pleadings or documents be executed by the Trustee and certifying as to the reason such documents or pleadings are required
and that the execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee will not invalidate or otherwise adversely affect the Lien of the agreement
securing Related Property, except for the termination of such a Lien upon completion of the foreclosure or trustee’s sale.
The Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written request from a Servicing Officer, execute any document provided to the Trustee by
the Servicer or take any other action requested in such request, that is, in the opinion of the Servicer as evidenced by such request,
required by any state or other jurisdiction or appropriate to discharge the Lien securing Related Property upon the satisfaction
thereof and the Trustee will sign and post, but will not guarantee receipt of, any such documents to the Servicer, or such other
party as the Servicer may direct, within five (5) Business Days of the Trustee’s receipt of such certificate or documents.
Such certificate or documents shall state that the related Loan has been paid in full by or on behalf of the Obligor (or subject
to a deficiency claim against such Obligor) and that such payment has been deposited in the Collection Account.

 

    	60

    	 

    

 

(d)          Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Section 5.08 to the contrary, in no event may the Servicer possess in excess of ten (10) Loan
Files (excluding Loan Files for Loans which have been paid in full, sold or repurchased) at any given time.

 

Section
5.09.        Scheduled Payment Advances; Servicing Advances and Nonrecoverable
Advances.

 

(a)          With
respect to each Collection Period, the Servicer will determine: (i) on or before the related Record Date, the amount of Available
Funds described in clauses (a) and (b) of the definition thereof for the following Payment Date, and (ii) the amount
required to be paid on the related Payment Date pursuant to clauses 1 through 4 of Section 7.05(a) (the amounts
described in this clause (ii), the “Scheduled Amount”). If the Servicer determines that any Scheduled
Payments (or portion thereof) that were due and payable pursuant to one or more Loans in the Collateral during the related Collection
Period were not received prior to the end of such Collection Period and determines that, as a result of this, the Scheduled Amount
for the related Payment Date exceeds the amount of Available Funds described in clauses (a) and (b) of the definition
thereof for such Payment Date, then, subject to Section 5.09(b), the Servicer has the right to elect, at its option, but
is not obligated, to make a Scheduled Payment Advance in an amount up to lesser of (1) the amount of such excess and (2) the amount
of such delinquent Scheduled Payments (or portion thereof). The Servicer will deposit any Scheduled Payment Advances into the Collection
Account on or prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the related Reference Date, in immediately available funds. The Servicer
will be entitled to be reimbursed for Scheduled Payment Advances, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the rate
published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time as the prime rate in the United States pursuant to Section 5.09(c),
Section 7.03 or the Priority of Payments, as applicable. In addition, the Servicer may, at its option, make Servicing Advances
in the performance of its servicing duties, unless it believes in good faith that the advance plus interest expected to accrue
thereon will be a Nonrecoverable Advance. The Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for Servicing Advances, with interest
thereon to accrue at the rate published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time as the prime rate in the United States, from
the Collections received from the Loan to which the Servicing Advance relates as well as pursuant to Section 5.09(c), Section
7.03 or the Priority of Payments, as applicable.

 

    	61

    	 

    

 

(b)          The
Servicer will not make a Scheduled Payment Advance or a Servicing Advance if the Servicer has determined in its sole discretion,
exercised in good faith and consistent with the Servicing Standard, that the amount of such Scheduled Payment Advance or Servicing
Advance proposed to be advanced plus interest expected to accrue thereon will be a Nonrecoverable Advance. Absent bad faith, the
Servicer’s determination as to whether any Scheduled Payment Advance or Servicing Advance is expected to be a Nonrecoverable
Advance or whether, once advanced, it is a Nonrecoverable Advance shall be conclusive and binding on the Issuer and on the Noteholders.
Any such determination shall be made by the Servicer and shall be evidenced by an Officer's Certificate delivered promptly to the
Trustee, setting forth the basis for such determination. For the avoidance of doubt, the Servicer has the right to elect, at its
sole option, but is not obligated, to make a Scheduled Payment Advance.

 

(c)          The
Servicer will be entitled to recover any Scheduled Payment Advance made by it, together with accrued interest due thereon, from
Collections; provided that if at any time any Scheduled Payment Advance, together with accrued interest thereon, made by
the Servicer is subsequently determined to be a Nonrecoverable Advance, the Servicer will be entitled to recover the amount of
such Nonrecoverable Advance on a Payment Date to the extent then permitted in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The Servicer
will be entitled to recover the amount of any Servicing Advance, together with accrued interest thereon in accordance with the
Priority of Payments.

 

(d)          The
Servicer shall be entitled to an annual rate of interest payable at the rate specified in Section 5.09(a) with respect to
each Scheduled Payment Advance and each Servicing Advance from and including the date such advance is made by the Servicer to but
not including the date of reimbursement of such advance to the Servicer.

 

Section
5.10.        Title, Management and Disposition of Foreclosed Property.

 

(a)          Except
for Co-Lender Loans (in which case, the provisions of the Underlying Loan Agreement relating to taking title to collateral shall
apply) in the event that title to Related Property is acquired by the Servicer hereunder in foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure
or by other legal process, the deed, certificate of sale, or Repossessed Property may be taken in the name of the Issuer or in
the name of a subsidiary of the Issuer, the equity securities of which will be pledged as Collateral by the Issuer to the Trustee
pursuant to the Indenture. Any such Issuer subsidiary shall be serviced by the Servicer, which may perform such services through
a nominee or agent as set forth in Section 5.02(b).

 

(b)          [Reserved].

 

(c)          The
Servicer, subject to the provisions of this Article V, shall manage, conserve, protect and operate each such Foreclosed
Property or other Repossessed Property for the Issuer or such Issuer subsidiary, as applicable, solely for the purpose of its prudent
and prompt disposition and sale. The Servicer shall, either itself or through an agent selected by the Servicer, manage, conserve,
protect and operate the Foreclosed Property or other Repossessed Property in a manner consistent with the Credit and Collection
Policy and the Servicing Standard. The Servicer shall attempt to sell the same (and may temporarily rent the same) on such terms
and conditions as the Servicer deems to be in the best interest of the Issuer.

 

    	62

    	 

    

 

(d)          Subject
to Section 5.10(e), the Servicer shall cause to be deposited in the Lockbox Account, no later than two (2) Business Days
after the receipt thereof, all revenues received by the Issuer with respect to the conservation and disposition of the related
Foreclosed Property or other Repossessed Property net of Liquidation Expenses or received by the Issuer as distributions from any
Issuer subsidiary. Any Issuer subsidiary formed pursuant to Section 5.10(b) may utilize and set aside revenues received
in respect of such real estate Related Property to pay for the normal operations of the business of such Issuer subsidiary and
of such real estate Related Property, and for such other fees, costs and expenses relating thereto as are deemed appropriate to
maximize value or reduce or prevent loss with respect thereto by the Servicer, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy
and the Servicing Standard, and establish and maintain such cash reserves as the Servicer (or its agent) deem reasonably necessary
with respect thereto; provided that no other funds of the Issuer shall be expended in connection with such Issuer subsidiary.

 

(e)          Pursuant
to the Priority of Payments, the Servicer shall receive reimbursement for any related unreimbursed Scheduled Payment Advances and
Servicing Advances, together with accrued and unpaid interest due thereon relating to the related Loan or such Foreclosed Property
or Repossessed Property, and the Servicer shall deposit in the Lockbox Account the net cash proceeds of the sale of any Foreclosed
Property or other Repossessed Property to be distributed in accordance with Section 7.05 hereof.

 

(f)          Notwithstanding
any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Servicer shall not cause any Issuer subsidiary to obtain title to
any Related Property pursuant to Section 5.10(b) or otherwise take any other action with respect to any such Related Property
if, as a result of any such action, such Issuer subsidiary would be considered to hold title to, to be a “mortgagee-in-possession”
of, or to be an “owner” or “operator” of, such Related Property within the meaning of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended from time to time, or any comparable state or local
environmental law, unless the Servicer has previously determined in accordance with the Servicing Standard and the Credit and Collection
Policy that:

 

(i)          such
Related Property is in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental laws or, if not, after consultation with
an environmental consultant, that it would be in the best economic interest of the Issuer and such Issuer subsidiary to take such
actions as are necessary to bring such Related Property in compliance therewith, and

 

(ii)         there
are no circumstances present at such Related Property relating to the use, management or disposal of any hazardous materials for
which investigation, testing, monitoring, containment, clean-up or remediation would reasonably be expected to be required by the
owner, occupier or operator of the Related Property under applicable federal, state or local law or regulation, or that, if any
such hazardous materials are present for which such action would reasonably be expected to be required, after consultation with
an environmental consultant, it would be in the best economic interest of the Issuer and the Issuer subsidiary to take such actions
with respect to the affected Related Property.

 

    	63

    	 

    

 

Section
5.11.        Servicing Compensation.

 

(a)          As
compensation for its servicing activities hereunder and reimbursement for its expenses, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive
a servicing fee (the “Servicing Fee”) calculated and payable monthly in arrears on each Payment Date prior to
the termination of the Issuer. The Servicing Fee shall be equal to the sum of the product of: (i) one-twelfth of 2.00% (or, with
respect to the first Collection Period, a fraction equal to the number of days from and including the Cutoff Date through and including
August 15, 2013 over 360) and (ii) the Aggregate Outstanding Pool Balance as of the beginning of the related Collection Period.
If the Backup Servicer becomes the Servicer, the Servicing Fee payable to the Backup Servicer for each Collection Period thereafter
shall be calculated using the formula described in the immediately preceding sentence, but shall be subject to a monthly minimum
fee of $8,500. In addition to the Servicing Fee, the Backup Servicer, upon becoming the Servicer, shall be entitled to be reimbursed
for all related expenses and out of pocket costs, including fees and expenses of attorneys and agents. If any entity other than
Horizon or the Backup Servicer becomes the Servicer, the Servicing Fee may be adjusted as agreed upon by the Majority Noteholders
and such Successor Servicer pursuant to Section 8.03(b). The Servicing Fee is payable out of Collections pursuant to the Priority
of Payments.

 

(b)          In
addition to the Servicing Fee, the Servicer shall be entitled to retain for itself as additional servicing compensation: (i) reimbursement
for Scheduled Payment Advances on the Loans, together with accrued interest thereon, (ii) reimbursement for Servicing Advances
on the Loans, together with accrued interest thereon, and (iii) any mistaken deposits or other related amounts due on Loans that
the Servicer is entitled to retain, including without limitation any amounts payable as additional servicing compensation pursuant
to Section 5.02(e)(iv).

 

Section
5.12.        Assignment; Resignation.

 

The Servicer shall
not assign its rights and duties under this Agreement (other than in connection with a subservicing arrangement or other arrangement
permitted under this Agreement) or resign from the obligations and duties imposed on it pursuant to this Agreement, in each case
except (a) upon a determination by the Servicer that its performance of its duties as Servicer is no longer permissible under Applicable
Law or administrative determination and such incapacity cannot be cured by commercially reasonable efforts of the Servicer, (b)
an assignment or resignation by mutual consent of the Servicer, the Issuer and the Majority Noteholders, (c) an assignment in connection
with a merger, conversion, consolidation or sale of substantially all of the Servicer’s business or substantially all of
the Servicer’s lending business permitted pursuant to Section 5.13 (in which case the Person resulting from the merger,
conversion or consolidation shall be the successor of the Servicer), or (d) so long as the Seller is the Servicer, at the option
of the Seller, an assignment to a third party servicer in connection with a merger, conversion, consolidation or sale of substantially
all of the Seller's business or substantially all of the Seller's lending business permitted pursuant of Section 5.08 of
the Sale and Contribution Agreement. Any such determination pursuant to clause (a) permitting the resignation of the Servicer
shall be evidenced by a written Opinion of Counsel (who may be counsel for the Servicer) to such effect delivered to the Trustee,
which Opinion of Counsel shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. No such resignation shall become
effective until a successor has been appointed pursuant to Section 8.02(b) and has assumed the Servicer’s responsibilities
and obligations in accordance with Section 8.03.

 

    	64

    	 

    

 

Section
5.13.         Merger or Consolidation of Servicer.

 

Any Person into which
the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any Person resulting from such merger, conversion or consolidation to which the
Servicer is a party, or any Person succeeding to substantially all of the business or substantially all of the investment management
business of the Servicer, which Person assumes the obligations of the Servicer, shall be the successor to the Servicer hereunder,
notwithstanding any provision in Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 and without execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary; provided that no
such entity resulting from the merger, conversion or consolidation of the Servicer or the sale of all or substantially all of the
Servicer’s assets or business or substantially all of the Servicer’s lending business shall be the successor Servicer
hereunder unless either (i) such Person has assets of at least $50,000,000 and such Person’s regular business includes the
servicing of assets similar to the Loan Assets or (ii) the Majority Noteholders shall have consented thereto in writing. Such Successor
Servicer shall be a permitted assignee of the Servicer. The provisions of Section 8.03 (b), (c) and (e) shall apply
to any such servicing transfer.

  

Section
5.14.         Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others.

 

The Servicer and any
stockholder, partner, member, manager, director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer may rely on any document of any kind
which it in good faith reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been adopted or signed by the proper authorities or persons
respecting any matters arising hereunder. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.02(b), the Servicer shall not be liable
for any errors, inaccuracies or omissions of any Person not affiliated with the Servicer contained in any information, report,
certificate, data or other document delivered to the Servicer or on which the Servicer reasonably relies in order to perform its
obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents except to the extent that a Responsible Officer of the Servicer
has actual knowledge of any such material error, inaccuracy or omission. The Servicer shall not be in default hereunder or incur
any liability, except as provided in the proviso in the last sentence of this Section 5.14, for any failure, error or delay
in carrying out its duties hereunder or under any other Transaction Document if such failure, error or delay results from the Servicer
acting in accordance with information prepared or supplied by a Person other than the Servicer or any of its Affiliates or the
failure or delay of any such Person to prepare or provide such information. The Servicer shall not be in default and shall incur
no liability for any act or failure to act by any servicer primarily responsible for servicing Co-Lender Loans. Subject to the
terms of Section 12.01 herein, the Servicer shall have no obligation to appear with respect to, prosecute or defend any
legal action which is not incidental to the Servicer’s duty to service the Loans in accordance with this Agreement, and that,
in its opinion, may cause the Servicer to incur any expense or liability. The Servicer shall not be responsible for the payment
of any taxes imposed on or with respect to the Issuer or for the fees of any Successor Servicer. Except as provided herein, neither
the Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be under any liability to any other party to this Agreement,
any Noteholder, any Certificateholder or any other Person for any action taken or for refraining from taking any action pursuant
to this Agreement, whether arising from express or implied duties under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or for
errors in judgment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither the Servicer nor any
of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be protected against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason
of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Servicer’s duties or by reason of its reckless
disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder; provided, however, that the Servicer will not indemnify any party
for any costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising from its breach of any covenant for which the purchase
of the affected Loans is specified as the sole remedy hereunder. The Servicer is not required to indemnify any Person for any costs,
expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising from its breach of any covenant for which the purchase of the affected
Loans is specified as the sole remedy hereunder.

 

    	65

    	 

    

  

Section
5.15.         Determination of Reserve Account Required Balance.
The Servicer shall deposit funds into and withdraw funds from the Reserve Account in accordance with Sections 7.02 and 7.05. The
Servicer shall maintain a complete and accurate record of the amount of funds on deposit in the Reserve Account. Prior to each
Payment Date, the Servicer shall determine the Reserve Account Required Balance applicable to such Payment Date.

 

Section
5.16.         Rights of and Limitation of Liability of Backup Servicer.
The Backup Servicer and any stockholder, partner, member, manager, director, officer, employee or agent of the Backup Servicer
may rely on any document of any kind which it in good faith reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been adopted or signed
by the proper authorities or persons respecting any matters arising hereunder. In the performance of its duties hereunder, the
Backup Servicer is entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on the contents of each Tape, including,
but not limited to, the completeness and accuracy thereof, provided by the Servicer. The Backup Servicer shall have no liability
for any errors in the content of such Tape, and, except as specifically provided herein, shall not be required to verify, recompute,
reconcile or recalculate any such information or data. Without limiting the generality of any terms of the foregoing, the Backup
Servicer shall have no liability for any failure, inability or unwillingness on the part of the Servicer to provide accurate and
complete information on a timely basis to the Backup Servicer, or otherwise on the part of any such party to comply with the terms
of this Agreement, or other Transaction Document, and shall have no liability for any inaccuracy or error in the performance or
observance on the Backup Servicer’s part of any of its duties hereunder that is caused by or results from any such inaccurate,
incomplete or untimely information received by it, or other failure on the part of any such other party to comply with the terms
hereof. The Backup Servicer undertakes to perform only such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Agreement,
it being expressly understood by all parties hereto that there are no implied duties or obligations of the Backup Servicer hereunder.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Backup Servicer, except as expressly set forth herein, shall have no obligation
to supervise, verify, monitor or administer the performance of the Servicer, the Trust Depositor or Seller and shall have no liability
for any action taken or omitted by the Servicer (including any successor to the Servicer other than U.S. Bank) or the Trust Depositor
or Seller. The Backup Servicer may act through its agents, attorneys and custodians in performing any of its duties and obligations
under this Agreement. Neither the Backup Servicer nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable, directly
or indirectly, for any damages or expenses arising out of the services performed under this Agreement other than damages or expenses
that result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of it or them or the failure to perform materially in accordance with
this Agreement. If any party is prevented from fulfilling its obligations hereunder as a result of government actions, regulations,
fires, strikes, accidents, acts of God or other causes beyond the control of either party, all parties’ obligations shall
be suspended for a reasonable time during which such conditions exist. In no event will the Backup Servicer (in its capacity as
such or as Successor Servicer) be liable for indirect, special, consequential or incidental damages. 

 

    	66

    	 

    

 

ARTICLE
6.

COVENANTS OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR

 

Section
6.01.         Legal Existence.

 

During the term of
this Agreement, the Trust Depositor will keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and franchises as a limited liability
company under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in
each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement,
the other Transaction Documents and each other instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate for the proper administration of
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. In addition, all transactions and dealings between the Trust Depositor
and its Affiliates will be conducted on an arm’s-length basis.

 

Section
6.02.         [Reserved].

 

Section
6.03.         Security Interests.

 

The Trust Depositor
will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any Person other than the Issuer, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
any Lien on any Loan in the Collateral or its interest in any Related Property, other than the Lien granted to the Issuer, whether
now existing or hereafter transferred to the Issuer, or as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement. The Trust Depositor
will promptly notify the Owner Trustee and the Trustee upon obtaining knowledge of the existence of any Lien on any Loan in the
Collateral or its interest in any Related Property; and the Trust Depositor shall defend the right, title and interest of the Issuer
in, to and under the Loans in the Collateral and the Issuer’s interest in any Related Property, against all claims of third
parties; provided that nothing in this Section 6.03 shall prevent or be deemed
to prohibit the Trust Depositor from suffering to exist Permitted Liens upon any of the Loans in the Collateral or its interest
in any Related Property.

 

    	67

    	 

    

 

Section
6.04.         Delivery of Collections.

 

The Trust Depositor
agrees to pay to the Servicer promptly (but in no event later than two Business Days after receipt) all Collections received by
the Trust Depositor in respect of the Loans and Related Property, for application in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Section
6.05.         Regulatory Filings.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall make any filings, reports, notices, applications and registrations with, and seek any consents or authorizations from, the
Commission and any state securities authority on behalf of the Issuer as may be necessary or that the Trust Depositor deems advisable
to comply with any federal or state securities or reporting requirements laws.

 

Section
6.06.         Compliance with Law.

 

The Trust Depositor
hereby agrees to comply in all material respects with all Applicable Law applicable to the Trust Depositor except where the failure
to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer.

 

Section
6.07.         Activities; Transfers of Notes or Certificates by Trust Depositor.

 

Except as contemplated
by the Trust Depositor LLC Agreement, this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the Trust Depositor shall not engage in
any business or activity of any kind, or enter into any transaction or indenture, mortgage, instrument, agreement, contract, lease
or other undertaking, which is not directly related to the transactions contemplated and authorized by this Agreement or the other
Transaction Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Trust Depositor may assign, transfer, convey
or finance all or any portion of any Notes or Certificates owned by it.

 

Section
6.08.         Indebtedness.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness or other liability whatsoever, except (a) obligations incurred
under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or to the Seller and (b) liabilities incident to the maintenance of its
limited liability company existence in good standing.

 

    	68

    	 

    

 

 

Section
6.09.         Guarantees.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall not become or remain liable, directly or contingently, in connection with any Indebtedness or other liability of any other
Person, whether by guarantee, endorsement (other than endorsements of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary
course of business), agreement to purchase or repurchase, agreement to supply or advance funds, or otherwise.

 

Section
6.10.         Investments.

 

Except as contemplated
by the Trust Depositor LLC Agreement, the Trust Depositor shall not make or suffer to exist any loans or advances to, or extend
any credit to, or make any investments (by way of transfer of property, contributions to capital, purchase of stock or securities
or evidences of indebtedness, acquisition of the business or assets, or otherwise) in, any Person except for transfers of Loan
Assets to the Issuer as contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or restricting
the ability of the Trust Depositor to make capital contributions to the Issuer, the Trust Depositor shall not (i) provide credit
to any other Securityholder for the purpose of enabling such Securityholder to purchase any Securities or (ii) lend any money to
the Issuer.

 

Section
6.11.         Merger; Sales.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall not enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or
dissolution) or acquire or be acquired by any Person, or (other in connection with the transfer of assets to a special purpose
subsidiary in connection with a financing transaction) convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
its property or business, except that the Trust Depositor shall sell Loan Assets to the Issuer as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section
6.12.         Distributions.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall not declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any dividend or make any other distribution (whether in cash or other property)
with respect to the profits, assets or capital of the Trust Depositor or any Person’s interest therein, or purchase, redeem
or otherwise acquire for value any of its members’ interests now or hereafter outstanding, except that, so long as no Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing and no Event of Default would occur as a result thereof or after giving effect thereto
and the Trust Depositor would continue to be Solvent as a result thereof and after giving effect thereto, the Trust Depositor may
declare and pay distributions to its members.

 

Section
6.13.         Other Agreements.

 

Except as provided
in the Trust Depositor LLC Agreement, this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the Trust Depositor shall not become a
party to, or permit any of its properties to be bound by, any indenture, mortgage, instrument, contract, agreement, lease or other
undertaking, except this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party; nor shall it amend or modify the
provisions of its organizational documents which relate to its bankruptcy remote nature or separateness covenants as required in
connection with the true sale and substantive nonconsolidation opinions delivered on the Closing Date, or issue any power of attorney
except to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Servicer in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

 

    	69

    	 

    

 

Section
6.14.         Separate Legal Existence.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall (a) maintain compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 9(j) of the Trust Depositor LLC Agreement, and (b) to the
extent in addition to the covenants referred to in clause (a) of this Section 6.14, take or refrain from taking, as applicable,
each of the activities specified in the “substantive consolidation” opinion of Dechert LLP, on the Closing Date, upon
which the conclusions expressed therein are based.

 

Section
6.15.         Location; Records.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall (a) not move its location outside the Commonwealth of Virginia or its jurisdiction of formation outside of the State of Delaware
without 30 days’ prior written notice to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee and (b) will promptly take all actions (if any)
required (including, but not limited to, all filings and other acts necessary or advisable under the UCC of each relevant jurisdiction)
in order to continue the first priority perfected security interest of the Trustee in all Collateral.

 

Section
6.16.         Liability of Trust Depositor.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by the Trust Depositor under
this Agreement.

 

Section
6.17.         Bankruptcy Limitations.

 

The Trust Depositor
shall not, without the prior unanimous written consent of its member and all of the Independent managers of the Trust Depositor
(a) dissolve or liquidate, in whole or in part, or institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (b) consent to
the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, (c) file a petition seeking or consent to reorganization or
relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, (d) consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the limited liability company or a substantial part of its property,
(e) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they
become due, or (g) take any limited liability company action in furtherance of the actions set forth in clauses
(a) through (f) above; provided that no Independent manager may be required
by any member of the Trust Depositor to consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Trust Depositor
so long as it is Solvent.

 

    	70

    	 

    

 

 

Section
6.18.         Limitation on Liability of Trust Depositor and Others.

 

The Trust Depositor
and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Trust Depositor may rely in good faith on any document of any kind, prima facie
properly executed and submitted by the appropriate Person respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Trust Depositor and any
director, officer, employee or agent of the Trust Depositor shall be reimbursed by the Trustee for any liability or expense incurred
by reason of the Trustee’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence (except errors in judgment) in the performance
of its duties hereunder, or by reason of the Trustee’s material breach of the obligations and duties under this Agreement
or the Transaction Documents. The Trust Depositor shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal
action that shall not be incidental to its obligations under this Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense
or liability.

 

Section
6.19.         Payments from Obligors.

 

The Trust Depositor
agrees not to make, or consent to, any change in the direction of, or instructions with respect to, any payments to be made by
an Obligor in any manner that would diminish, impair, delay or otherwise adversely affect the timing or receipt of such payments
into the Lockbox Account or otherwise without (a) the prior written consent of the Trustee and the consent of the Majority Noteholders
and (b) delivery of prior written notice of such change to the Rating Agency.

 

ARTICLE
7.

ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS;

DISTRIBUTIONS;

 

Section
7.01.        Distribution Account; Lockbox Account and Other Accounts.

 

(a)          Distribution
Account and Lockbox Account. On or before the Closing Date, the Securities Intermediary shall establish and maintain the Distribution
Account as a non-interest bearing trust account in the name of the Securities Intermediary, for the benefit of the Securityholders.
On or before the Closing Date, the Issuer shall establish the Lockbox Account as a non-interest bearing, segregated account with
U.S. Bank National Association (the “Lockbox Bank”) and in the name of the Securities Intermediary for the benefit
of the Securityholders. The Servicer is, and so long as such accounts are maintained with the Securities Intermediary and the Lockbox
Bank, the Securities Intermediary and the Lockbox Bank are, hereby required to ensure that each of the Distribution Account and
the Lockbox Account is established and maintained as an Eligible Deposit Account with a Qualified Institution. The Servicer will
monitor the Lockbox Account on a daily basis and review the previous day’s Lockbox Account activity. If any institution with
which any of the accounts established pursuant to this Section 7.01(a) and pursuant to Section 7.03 ceases to be
a Qualified Institution, the Servicer, or if the Servicer fails to do so, the Securities Intermediary or the Lockbox Bank (as the
case may be) shall within ten (10) Business Days of actual knowledge of such failure by a Responsible Officer establish a replacement
account at a Qualified Institution after notice of such event. In no event shall the Securities Intermediary or the Lockbox Bank,
as appropriate, be responsible for monitoring whether such institution shall remain a Qualified Institution. Each Qualified Institution
maintaining an Eligible Deposit Account shall agree in writing to comply with all instructions originated by the Securities Intermediary
or Lockbox Bank, as applicable.

 

    	71

    	 

    

 

(b)          [Reserved].

 

(c)          [Reserved].

 

(d)          [Reserved].

 

(e)          Other
Accounts. Amounts representing payments sent by Obligors with respect to Loans pledged to the Trustee as well as with respect
to Loans not pledged to the Trustee may be deposited into accounts other than the Lockbox Account. Within two (2) Business Days
of receipt by the Seller or the Issuer of any amounts representing payments sent by Obligors with respect to Loans pledged to the
Trustee, the Servicer, as agent for the Issuer, and the Seller will cause the amounts so received belonging to the Issuer to be
deposited into the Lockbox Account, and thereupon credited to the Collection Account. The Servicer may direct the Lockbox Bank
to return to the payee (or as otherwise direted in writing by the Servicer) any amounts incorrectly deposited into the Lockbox
Account.

 

Section
7.02.        Reserve Account.

 

(a)          The
Securities Intermediary shall establish and maintain the Reserve Account in the name of the Securities Intermediary for the benefit
of the Securityholders. The Reserve Account shall be held in one Eligible Deposit Account with a Qualified Institution in the form
of an interest-bearing trust account wherein the moneys therein are invested in Permitted Investments at the written direction
of the Servicer. Funds upon deposit in the Reserve Account shall remain uninvested if no such direction is received. The Servicer
will monitor the Reserve Account in accordance with its customary policies and procedures.

 

(b)          Deposits
to the Reserve Account shall be made in accordance with Section 7.05(b).

 

(c)          Subject
to Sections 7.02(d) and (e) below, if on any Payment Date, Interest Collections, Principal Collections and any other
amounts on deposit in the Collection Account (without giving effect to any deposit from the Reserve Account) would be insufficient
to pay any portion of the Required Payments on such Payment Date, the Servicer shall direct the Securities Intermediary to withdraw
from the Reserve Account an amount equal to the lesser of such insufficiency and the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account and
deposit such amount in the Distribution Account on the Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date.

 

(d)          Upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Servicer shall direct the Securities Intermediary to withdraw all amounts on deposit
in the Reserve Account and deposit such amounts to the Distribution Account for distribution in accordance with Section 7.05(c).

 

    	72

    	 

    

 

(e)          On
the earlier to occur of the Legal Final Payment Date and the Payment Date on which the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes
is reduced to zero, the Servicer shall direct the Securities Intermediary to withdraw all amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account
and deposit such amounts to the Distribution Account.

 

(f)          Unless
an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, on any Payment Date, if amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account are
greater than the Reserve Account Required Balance (after giving effect to all other distributions and disbursements on such Payment
Date), the Servicer shall direct the Securities Intermediary to withdraw funds in excess of the Reserve Account Required Balance
from the Reserve Account and disburse such amounts to the Certificateholder.

 

Section
7.03.        Collection Account.

 

(a)          The
Securities Intermediary shall establish and maintain the Collection Account in the name of the Securities Intermediary for the
benefit of the Securityholders. The Collection Account shall be held in one or more Eligible Deposit Accounts with a Qualified
Institution in the form of interest-bearing trust accounts wherein the moneys therein are invested in Permitted Investments at
the written direction of the Servicer. The Servicer will monitor the Collection Account in accordance with its customary policies
and procedures.

 

(b)          The
Servicer shall deposit or cause to be deposited into the Collection Account within two (2) Business Days of the deposit thereof
into the Lockbox Account all Collections so deposited into the Lockbox Account. The Servicer will retain in the Collection Account,
subject to withdrawal as permitted by this Section 7.03, the following amounts received by the Servicer, without duplication:

 

(i)          all
Collections accruing and received on or after the Cutoff Date or Substitute Loan Cutoff Date, as applicable;

 

(ii)         any
other proceeds from any other Related Property securing the Loans (other than amounts released to the Obligor, other creditors
or any other Person in accordance with Applicable Law, the Required Loan Documents, the Credit and Collection Policy and the Servicing
Standard) and any disbursements, payments or proceeds from any other Collateral;

 

(iii)        any
amounts paid in connection with the purchase or repurchase of any Loan;

 

(iv)        any
amount required to be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.10 or this Section 7.03; and

 

(v)         the
amount of any gains and interest earned in connection with investments in Permitted Investments.

 

    	73

    	 

    

 

(c)          The
Servicer shall have no obligation to deposit into the Collection Account any Excluded Amounts.

 

(d)          Not
later than the close of business on each Reference Date immediately preceding a Payment Date, the Servicer will remit to the Collection
Account any Scheduled Payment Advance that the Servicer determines to make at its option. The application of Scheduled Payment
Advances will not prevent a Loan from being or becoming a Defaulted Loan.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding
Section 7.03(b), if (i) the Servicer makes a deposit into the Lockbox Account in respect of a Collection of a Loan in the
Collateral and such Collection was received by the Servicer in the form of a check that is not honored for any reason or (ii) the
Servicer makes a mistake with respect to the amount of any Collection and deposits an amount that is less than or more than the
actual amount of such Collection, the Servicer shall appropriately adjust the amount subsequently deposited into the Lockbox Account
to reflect such dishonored check or mistake. Any Scheduled Payment in respect of which a dishonored check is received shall be
deemed not to have been paid.

 

(f)          The
foregoing requirements for deposit in the Collection Account and the Lockbox Accounts shall be exclusive, it being understood and
agreed that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, payments with respect to Liquidation Expenses and Excluded Amounts
may not be deposited by the Servicer in the Collection Account.

 

(g)          Prior
to the occurrence of a Servicer Default or an Event of Default and acceleration of the Notes, to the extent there are uninvested
available amounts deposited in the Collection Account, all such amounts shall be invested by the Securities Intermediary in Permitted
Investments selected by the Servicer in written instructions (which may be in the form of standing instructions) delivered to the
Qualified Institution holding such Transaction Account, that mature no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the next
Payment Date. If the Servicer does not provide the Securities Intermediary with such written instructions, such amounts shall remain
uninvested. From and after the occurrence of a Servicer Default or an Event of Default and acceleration of the Notes, to the extent
there are uninvested amounts in the Collection Account (net of losses and investment expenses), all amounts may be invested in
Permitted Investments described in clause (ii) of the definition thereof which shall be the U.S. Bank Money Market Deposit Account
(internal CUSIP 99AMMF05B2). Funds in the Distribution Account must be insured to the extent and the amount permitted by law by
the FDIC. Subject to the restrictions herein, the Servicer or Trustee may purchase a Permitted Investment from itself or an Affiliate
with respect to investment of funds in the Transaction Accounts. Any investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses)
on funds held in the Collection Account shall be treated as Interest Collections and shall be deposited therein pursuant to this
Section 7.03 and distributed on the next Payment Date pursuant to Section 7.05. All investment earnings (net of losses
and investment expenses) on investments of funds in the Transaction Accounts shall be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant
to Section 7.03 and distributed on the next Payment Date pursuant to Section 7.05. The Trust Depositor and the Issuer
agree and acknowledge that the Servicer and Trustee are to have “control” (within the meaning of the UCC) of collateral
composed of “Investment Property” (within the meaning of the UCC) for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

    	74

    	 

    

 

(h)          The
Servicer may (and, for the purposes of clause (i) below, shall), at any time upon one (1) Business Day’s notice to
the Trustee or, if different, the depository institution then holding the Collection Account, make withdrawals from the Collection
Account for the following purposes:

 

(i)          to
remit to the Trustee on the Business Day immediately preceding any Payment Date, for deposit in the Distribution Account, Collections
received during the immediately preceding Collection Period (other than any Transfer Deposit Amounts still available to invest
in Substitute Loans pursuant to Section 11.01) and all amounts deposited into the Collection Account from the Reserve Account
pursuant to Section 7.02;

 

(ii)         [Reserved];

 

(iii)        to
withdraw any amount received from an Obligor that is recoverable and sought to be recovered as a voidable preference by a trustee
in bankruptcy pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code in accordance with a final, nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction;

 

(iv)        [Reserved];

 

(v)         to
make investments in Permitted Investments;

 

(vi)        to
withdraw any funds deposited in the Collection Account that were not required or permitted to be deposited therein or were deposited
therein in error;

 

(vii)       [Reserved];

 

(viii)      to
acquire Substitute Loans as contemplated by Section 2.04(a) to the extent funds have been deposited by the Seller for such
purpose pursuant to Section 11.01);

 

(ix)         to
clear and terminate the Collection Account upon the termination of this Agreement.

 

(i)          To
the extent the same constitute Permitted Investments, the Trustee is authorized to deposit uninvested funds in non-interest bearing,
unsecured demand deposit accounts at affiliated banks, purchase and sell investment securities through or from affiliated banks
and broker-dealers, and invest funds in registered investment companies that receive investment management and custodial services
from the Trustee or its affiliates.

 

    	75

    	 

    

 

Section
7.04.        Securityholder Distributions.

 

(a)          Each
Securityholder as of the related Record Date shall be paid on the next succeeding Payment Date by check mailed to such Securityholder
at the address for such Securityholder appearing on the Note Register or Certificate Register or by wire transfer to the account
directed by such Securityholder if such Securityholder provides written instructions to the Trustee or Owner Trustee, respectively,
at least ten (10) days prior to such Payment Date, which instructions may be in the form of a standing order.

 

(b)          The
Trustee shall serve as the paying agent hereunder and shall make the payments to the Securityholders required hereunder. The Trustee
hereby agrees that all amounts held by it for payment hereunder will be held in trust for the benefit of the Securityholders.

 

Section
7.05.         Allocations and Distributions.

 

(a)          Allocations
of Interest Collections. On the Business Day immediately preceding each Payment Date, the Trustee, upon written instructions
from the Servicer, will transfer all Interest Collections on deposit in the Collection Account to the Distribution Account. Such
amounts will remain uninvested while deposited in the Distribution Account. On each Payment Date (other than a Payment Date following
an Event of Default and acceleration of the Notes), the Trustee, based solely on the Monthly Report, will distribute Interest Collections
on deposit in the Distribution Account to the following parties in the order of priority set forth below. With respect to the Notes
then Outstanding, payments shall be made pro rata to the Holders of Notes based on their respective Percentage Interests.

 

1.          pro
rata, based on the amounts owed to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Custodian, the Backup Servicer, and the Lockbox Bank
under this clause 1, to the payment of (i) Administrative Expenses, subject to the limitations set forth in the definition
thereof and (ii) indemnities then due to any such Persons; provided that the cumulative amount of Administrative Expenses
and indemnities paid under this clause 1 in any rolling twelve month period shall not exceed $500,000 as of the first day
of the related Collection Period;

 

2.          pro
rata, based on the amounts owed to such Persons under this clause 2, (i) to the Servicer or any Successor Servicer,
to the extent not previously reimbursed, the sum of (w) Scheduled Payment Advances on such Loans, together with accrued interest
thereon, (x) Servicing Advances on such Loans, together with accrued interest thereon, (y) accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees and
(z) any mistaken deposits or other related amounts due on Loans that the Servicer is entitled to retain; (ii) to the Seller, any
amounts that were transferred from the Lockbox Account to the Collection Account (and the Distribution Account) that are not related
to interest, principal or extension fees due on the Loans; (iii) to the Backup Servicer, the Successor Servicer Engagement Fee;
and (iv) to the Trustee, the Backup Servicer or any Successor Servicer, Servicing Transfer Costs;

 

3.          to
the Noteholders, the Interest Amount for the related Interest Period, if any;

 

    	76

    	 

    

 

4.          to
the payment of the amounts referred to in clauses 2 and 3 of Section 7.05(b) (in the priority stated therein),
but only to the extent not paid in full thereunder and subject to the limitations set forth therein;

 

5.          pro
rata, based on the amounts owed to such Persons under this clause 5, to the payment of (i) Administrative Expenses and
indemnities, to the extent not previously paid or in excess of the related cap or annual limitation, (ii) amounts owed to the Trustee,
the Custodian, the Backup Servicer and the Owner Trustee for fees, expenses, indemnities and other amounts, and (iii) to the Trustee
and a Successor Servicer, any Servicing Transfer Costs; and

 

6.          any
remaining amounts to the Certificateholder.

 

To the extent that any
fees of the Owner Trustee or the Trustee (in all capacities hereunder) are not paid on a Payment Date due to insufficiency of funds,
such unpaid fees shall be paid on the next Payment Date on which funds are available to pay such fees in accordance with the priority
of payments set forth above in this Section 7.05(a).

 

(b)          Allocations
of Principal Collections and Reserve Available Funds. On the Business Day immediately preceding each Payment Date, the Trustee,
upon written instructions from the Servicer, will transfer all (i) Principal Collections on deposit in the Collection Account and
(ii) all amounts, if any, required to be transferred pursuant to Section 7.02 to the Distribution Account. Such amounts
will remain uninvested while deposited in the Distribution Account. On each Payment Date (other than a Payment Date following an
Event of Default and acceleration of the Notes), the Trustee, based solely on the Monthly Report, will distribute the Principal
Collections and any Reserve Available Funds on deposit in the Distribution Account to the following parties in the order of priority
set forth below. With respect to the Notes then Outstanding, payments shall be made pro rata to the Holders of Notes based
on their respective Percentage Interests.

 

1.          to
the payment of the amounts referred to in clauses 1 through 3 of Section 7.05(a) (in the priority stated therein),
but only to the extent not paid in full thereunder and subject to the limitations set forth therein;

 

2.          to
the Noteholders, (A) for so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Outstanding
Principal Balance of the Notes over the Borrowing Base in payment of principal on the Notes and (B) following the occurrence of
a Rapid Amortization Event, all remaining amounts in payment of principal on the Notes until the Outstanding Principal Balance
of the Notes is reduced to zero;

 

3.          to
the Noteholders, all remaining amounts in payment of the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes on the Legal Final Payment
Date;

 

    	77

    	 

    

 

4.          if
the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account is less than the Reserve Account Required Balance, to the Reserve Account, fifty percent
(50%) of any remaining amounts until amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account shall equal the Reserve Account Required Balance;

 

5.          to
the payment of the amounts referred to in clause 5 of Section 7.05(a), but only to the extent not paid in full thereunder
and subject to the limitations set forth therein; and

 

6.          any
remaining amounts to the Certificateholder.

 

To the extent that any
fees of the Owner Trustee or the Trustee are not paid on a Payment Date due to insufficiency of funds, such unpaid fees shall be
paid on the next Payment Date on which funds are available to pay such fees in accordance with the priority of payments set forth
above in this Section 7.05(b).

 

(c)          Default
Allocations. On each Payment Date (or such other date as selected by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture) (i) following the
occurrence of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 5.01(iii) or (iv) of the Indenture),
(ii) following an acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Indenture that has not been rescinded and annulled
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or (iii) following the institution of Proceedings for the foreclosure of the Indenture
and the liquidation of the Collateral pursuant to Section 5.04(a)(ii) of the Indenture, the Trustee will transfer all Collections
on deposit in the Collection Account, including Proceeds from the liquidation of the Collateral, to the Distribution Account. On
each Payment Date (or such other date as selected by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture), the Trustee will distribute such amounts
together with Available Funds and all other funds available for distributions on the Notes, to the extent there are sufficient
funds, to the following parties in the order of priority set forth below. With respect to the Notes then Outstanding, payments
shall be made pro rata to the Holders of Notes based on their respective Percentage Interests.

 

1.          pro
rata, to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, any Successor Servicer, the Custodian and the Lockbox
Bank, certain amounts due and owing to such entities, pursuant to the priorities in clauses 1 and 2 of Section
7.05(a), and without regard to the cap set forth in clauses 1 and 2 of Section 7.05(a);

 

2.          to
the Noteholders, any unpaid Interest Amounts;

 

3.          to
the Noteholders, in payment of principal on the Notes until the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes is reduced to zero;
and

 

4.          any
remaining amounts to the Certificateholder.

 

    	78

    	 

    

 

ARTICLE
8.

SERVICER DEFAULT; SERVICER TRANSFER

 

Section
8.01.         Servicer Default.

 

“Servicer
Default” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)          any
failure by the Servicer to remit or cause to be remitted when due any payment, transfer or deposit required to be remitted by the
Servicer to the Trustee under the terms of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and such failure continues unremedied
for a period of two (2) Business Days, it being understood that the Servicer shall not be responsible for the failure of either
the Issuer or the Trustee to remit funds that were received by the Issuer or the Trustee from or on behalf of the Servicer in accordance
with this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents; or

 

(b)          failure
by the Servicer duly to observe or perform any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement or the
other Transaction Documents, which failure materially and adversely affects the rights of the Issuer or the Noteholders and continues
unremedied for a period of 60 days (if such failure or breach can be cured) after the first to occur of (i) the date on which written
notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied shall have been given to a Responsible Officer of the Servicer by the
Trustee or to a Responsible Officer of the Servicer and the Trustee by any Noteholder or the Certificateholder or (ii) the date
the Servicer shall assign any of its duties hereunder other than as expressly permitted hereby; or

 

(c)          any
representation or warranty of the Servicer in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or in any certificate delivered
under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (other than any representation or warranty relating to a Loan that has been
purchased by the Servicer) shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which has a material adverse effect on the Noteholders
and which continues unremedied for 30 days after discovery thereof by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer or after the date on
which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been delivered to the Servicer by the Trustee;
or

 

(d)          a
decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction for the appointment of a conservator or receiver
or liquidator in any Insolvency Proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against
the Servicer and such decree or order shall have remained in force, undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days;
or

 

(e)          the
Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any Insolvency Proceedings of or relating
to the Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of the Servicer’s property; or

 

    	79

    	 

    

 

(f)          the
Servicer shall cease to be eligible to continue as Servicer under this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.12(a); or

 

(g)          the
Servicer shall file a petition to take advantage of any applicable Insolvency Laws, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors
or generally fail to pay its debts as they become due.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing,
a delay in or failure of performance referred to under Section 8.01(a) above for a period of five Business Days or referred
to under Section 8.01(b) above for a period of 60 days (in addition to the 60-day period provided therein) shall not constitute
a Servicer Default until the expiration of such additional five (5) Business Days or 60 days, respectively, if such delay or failure
could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure was caused by an act of
God or other events beyond the Servicer’s control.

 

Section
8.02.        Servicer Transfer.

 

(a)          If
a Servicer Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee or the Issuer may terminate all of the rights and obligations of
the Servicer hereunder by notice to the Servicer (a “Termination Notice”), whereupon the Backup Servicer will
succeed to all of the Servicer’s management, administrative, servicing, custodial and collection functions as Servicer hereunder
within thirty (30) days of receiving a Termination Notice.

 

(b)          If
the Backup Servicer is unable to assume the role of the Servicer after a Termination Notice is delivered pursuant to Section
8.02(a), the Trustee (i) will provide the Trust Depositor with written notice of such circumstances (and the Trust Depositor
shall promptly forward a copy of such notice to the Rating Agency) and (ii) may appoint a Successor Servicer with assets of at
least $50,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of assets similar to the Loan Assets. Such proposed Successor
Servicer shall become the Successor Servicer once it assumes the Servicer’s responsibilities and obligations in accordance
with Section 8.03. If such proposed Successor Servicer is unable to assume the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer,
the Trustee shall propose an alternative established servicing institution to serve as the Successor Servicer. Such other proposed
Successor Servicer shall become the Successor Servicer once it assumes the Servicer’s responsibilities and obligations in
accordance with this Agreement. If no Successor Servicer has been appointed and approved following the above procedures within
120 days of the delivery of a Termination Notice or notice of resignation by the Servicer, then any of the Issuer, Trustee, removed
or resigning Servicer or any Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a Successor
Servicer, which appointment will not require the consent of, nor be subject to the approval of the Issuer, the Trustee or any Securityholder.

 

    	80

    	 

    

 

(c)          On
the date that a Successor Servicer (including for the avoidance of doubt the Backup Servicer acting as such) shall have been appointed
and accepted such appointment pursuant to Section 8.03 (such appointment being herein called a “Servicer Transfer”),
all rights, benefits, fees, indemnities, authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with respect to the
Loans, the Loan Files or otherwise, shall pass to and be vested in such Successor Servicer pursuant to and under this Section
8.02; and, without limitation, the Successor Servicer is authorized and empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of the Servicer,
as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments, and to do any and all acts or things necessary or
appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Successor Servicer
in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer hereunder, including, without limitation, the transfer
to the Successor Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts which shall at the time be held by the Servicer for deposit,
or have been deposited by the Servicer, in the Collection Account and the Reserve Account, or thereafter received with respect
to the Loans and Related Property. The Servicer shall transfer to the Successor Servicer (i) all records held by the Servicer relating
to the Loans and Related Property in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may reasonably request and (ii) any Loan Files
in the Servicer’s possession. In addition, the Servicer shall permit access to its premises (including all computer records
and programs) to the Successor Servicer or its designee, and shall pay the reasonable transition expenses of the Successor Servicer.
Upon a Servicer Transfer, the Successor Servicer shall also be entitled to receive the Servicing Fee thereafter payable for performing
the obligations of the Servicer and any additional amounts payable to the Servicer hereunder. Any indemnities provided in this
Agreement or the other Transaction Documents in favor of the Servicer, any Servicing Fee (together with accrued interest thereon),
any other fees, costs and expenses and any Scheduled Payment Advances, Servicing Advances and Nonrecoverable Advances (in each
case together with accrued interest due the Servicer thereon), in any case, that have accrued and/or are due and unpaid or unreimbursed
to the Servicer shall survive the termination of the Servicer and its replacement with a Successor Servicer and the Servicer being
replaced shall remain entitled thereto until paid hereunder out of the Collection Account or the Distribution Account in accordance
with the Priority of Payments.

 

Section
8.03.        Acceptance by Successor Servicer; Reconveyance; Successor
Servicer to Act.

 

(a)          Subject
to Section 8.04, no appointment of any Person (other than the Backup Servicer) as successor to the Servicer hereunder (the
“Successor Servicer”) shall be effective until the Successor Servicer shall have executed and delivered to the
Issuer and the Trustee a written acceptance of such appointment and of the duties of Servicer hereunder, subject to Section
8.03(d). The Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing functions under this Agreement until the date the Successor Servicer
shall have so executed and delivered such written acceptance.

 

    	81

    	 

    

 

(b)          As
compensation, a Successor Servicer (including for the avoidance of doubt, the Backup Servicer acting as such) so appointed shall
be entitled to receive the Servicing Fee, together with any other servicing compensation in the form of assumption fees, late payment
charges or otherwise as provided in the Transaction Documents that thereafter are payable under this Agreement, including, without
limitation, all reasonable costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with transferring the servicing
obligations under this Agreement and amending this Agreement (if necessary) to reflect such transfer. If the Backup Servicer shall
assume the role of Successor Servicer, it shall receive a Servicing Fee equal to the Servicing Fee effective immediately preceding
the delivery of the related Termination Notice. In the event that the Backup Servicer is unable or unwilling to assume the role
of Successor Servicer and no prospective Successor Servicer is willing to undertake the Servicer’s responsibilities under
this Agreement for a Servicing Fee less than or equal to the Servicing Fee effective immediately preceding the delivery of the
related Termination Notice, the Trustee may, acting at the direction of the Majority Noteholders, solely for purposes of establishing
the fee to be paid to a Successor Servicer after a Termination Notice, solicit written bids (such bids to include a proposed servicer
fee and servicing transfer costs) from not less than three entities experienced in the servicing of asset-backed securities secured
by commercial loans similar to the Loans that are not Affiliates of the Servicer, the Borrower or the Backup Servicer and are reasonably
acceptable to the Majority Noteholders. Any such written solicitation shall prominently indicate that bids should specify any applicable
subservicing fees required to be paid from the Servicing Fee. The Successor Servicer shall act as Servicer hereunder and shall,
subject to the availability of sufficient funds in the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 7.05 (up to the Servicing Fee),
receive as compensation therefor a fee equal to the fee proposed in the bid so solicited which provides for the lowest combinations
of servicing fee and transition costs, as reasonably determined by the Trustee, acting at the direction of the Majority Noteholders,
and may revise the Servicing Fee Rate used to calculate the Servicing Fee.

 

(c)          None
of the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, nor any Successor Servicer shall be held liable by reason of any failure to make, or any delay
in making, any distribution hereunder or any portion thereof caused by (i) the failure of the Servicer to deliver, or any delay
in delivering, cash, documents or records to it, or (ii) restrictions imposed by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over
the Servicer. To the extent that the Trustee or the Backup Servicer incurs any extraordinary expenses in connection with a servicing
transfer, it shall be entitled to reimbursement therefor as an Administrative Expense pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

 

    	82

    	 

    

 

(d)          On
or after a Servicer Transfer, the Successor Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer in its capacity as
servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set forth or provided for herein with respect to servicing of the Collateral
and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and
provisions hereof, and the terminated Servicer shall be relieved of such responsibilities, duties and liabilities arising after
such Servicer Transfer; provided that (i) the Successor Servicer will not assume any obligations of the Servicer described
in Section 8.02(c), (ii) the Successor Servicer shall not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Servicer occurring
prior to such Servicer Transfer or for any breach by the Servicer of any of its representations and warranties contained herein
or in any other Transaction Document, (iii) the Successor Servicer shall have no obligation to pay any taxes required to be paid
by the Servicer (provided, that the Successor Servicer shall pay any income taxes for which it is liable), (iv) the Successor Servicer
shall have no obligation to pay any of the fees and expenses of any other party to the transactions contemplated hereby, (v) the
Successor Servicer shall have no liability or obligation with respect to any Servicer indemnification obligations of any prior
Servicer, including the initial Servicer, and (vi) the Successor Servicer shall have no obligation to perform any repurchase or
advancing obligations of the Servicer. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Trustee be liable
for any Servicing Fee or for any differential in the amount of the servicing fee paid hereunder and the amount necessary to induce
any Successor Servicer to act as Successor Servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set forth or provided for herein,
including any Servicing Transfer Costs. The Trustee and such successor shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement,
as shall be necessary to effectuate any such succession. The terminated Servicer shall remain entitled to payment and reimbursement
of the amounts set forth in the last sentence of Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding its termination hereunder, to the same
extent as if it had continued to service the Loans hereunder. Backup Servicer, as Backup Servicer or Successor Servicer, is not
required to expend or risk its own funds.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Agreement or the Indenture to the contrary, in the event that U.S. Bank becomes Successor Servicer pursuant
to this Agreement, U.S. Bank shall not responsible for the accounting, records (including computer records) and work of Horizon
Technology Finance Corporation or any other predecessor Servicer relating to the Loans (collectively, the “Predecessor
Servicer Work Product”). If any error, inaccuracy, omission or incorrect or non-standard practice or procedure (collectively,
“Errors”) exists in any Predecessor Servicer Work Product and such Errors make it materially more difficult
to service or should cause or materially contribute to U.S. Bank making or continuing any Errors (collectively, “Continued
Errors”), U.S. Bank shall have no liability for such Continued Errors; provided, however, that U.S. Bank agrees to use
commercially reasonable efforts to prevent Continued Errors. In the event that U.S. Bank becomes aware of Errors or Continued Errors,
U.S. Bank shall, with the prior consent of the Trustee, use commercially reasonable efforts to reconstruct and reconcile such data
to correct such Errors and Continued Errors and to prevent future Continued Errors. U.S. Bank shall be entitled to recover its
costs thereby expended in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

(f)          The
Successor Servicer is authorized to accept and rely on all accounting records (including computer records) and work product of
the prior Servicer hereunder relating to the Collateral without any audit or other examination.

 

Section
8.04.        Notification to Securityholders.

 

(a)          Promptly
following the occurrence of any Servicer Default, the Servicer shall give written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Backup Servicer,
the Owner Trustee, the Trust Depositor and the Rating Agency at the addresses described in Section 13.04 hereof and the
Trustee shall promptly forward such notice to the Noteholders and Certificateholder at their respective addresses appearing on
the Note Register and the Certificate Register, respectively.

 

    	83

    	 

    

 

(b)          Within
ten (10) days following receipt of a Termination Notice or notice of appointment of a Successor Servicer pursuant to this Article
VIII, the Trustee shall give written notice thereof to the Trust Depositor (and the Trust Depositor shall promptly forward
a copy of such notice to the Rating Agency) at the addresses described in Section 13.04 hereof and to the Noteholders and
Certificateholder at their respective addresses appearing on the Note Register and the Certificate Register, respectively.

 

Section
8.05.        Effect of Transfer.

 

(a)          After
a Servicer Transfer, the terminated Servicer shall have no further obligations with respect to the management, administration,
servicing, custody or collection of the Loans as Servicer hereunder and, subject to Section 8.03(d), the Successor Servicer
appointed pursuant to Section 8.03 shall have all of such obligations, except that the terminated Servicer will transmit
or cause to be transmitted directly to the Successor Servicer promptly on receipt and in the same form in which received, any amounts
(properly endorsed where required for the Successor Servicer to collect them) received as Collections upon or otherwise in connection
with the Collateral.

 

(b)          A
Servicer Transfer shall not affect the rights and duties of the parties hereunder (including but not limited to the obligations
and indemnities of the Servicer) other than those relating to the management, administration, servicing, custody or collection
of the Loans.

 

Section
8.06.         Database File.

 

Upon reasonable request
by the Trustee, the Servicer will provide the Successor Servicer with a magnetic tape or Microsoft Excel or similar spreadsheet
file containing the database file for each Loan on and as of the Business Day before the actual commencement of servicing functions
by the Successor Servicer following the occurrence of a Servicer Default.

 

Section
8.07.         Waiver of Defaults.

 

The Majority Noteholders
may, on behalf of all the Securityholders, waive any default by the Servicer of its obligations hereunder and all consequences
of such default, except a default in making any required deposits to the Collection Account or the Distribution Account. No such
waiver or cure shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereto except to the extent expressly
so waived.

 

ARTICLE
9.

REPORTS

 

Section
9.01.        Monthly Reports.

 

(a)          With
respect to each Payment Date and the related Collection Period, the Servicer shall prepare a statement (a “Monthly
Report”) containing the information set forth in Exhibit H-2 hereto with
respect to the preceding Collection Period and will deliver a copy of such Monthly Report to the Trustee and Backup Servicer no
later than the related Reference Date.

 

    	84

    	 

    

 

(b)         [Reserved].

 

(c)          On
or before each Payment Date, the Trustee will provide or make available at its website at www.usbank.com/abs the Monthly
Report received by it on the related Reference Date to the Issuer, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Initial Purchaser, the
Rating Agency and the Noteholders in accordance with Section 3.29 of the Indenture.

 

Section
9.02.        Quarterly Reports.

 

(a)          The
Servicer shall prepare a quarterly statement (a “Quarterly Report”) containing
the information set forth in Exhibit H-1 hereto with respect to the three (3) most recently
preceding Collection Periods.

 

(b)         [Reserved].

 

(c)          On
each Reference Date occurring in March, June, September and December, beginning on the Reference Date occurring in September 2013,
the Servicer will provide to the Trustee and Backup Servicer a Quarterly Report relating to the calendar quarter immediately preceding
the calendar quarter in which such Reference Date occurs. Not later than the Payment Date relating to such Reference Date, the
Trustee will provide or make available at its website at www.usbank.com/abs such Quarterly Report to the Issuer, the Servicer,
the Backup Servicer, the Initial Purchaser, the Rating Agency and the Noteholders in accordance with Section 3.29 of the Indenture.

 

Section
9.03.        Preparation of Reports; Officer’s Certificate.

 

(a)          The
Servicer shall cooperate with the Trustee in connection with the delivery of the Monthly Reports and Quarterly Reports. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing and the obligation of the Servicer to deliver Monthly Reports and Quarterly Reports to
the Trustee, the Servicer shall supply in a timely fashion any information as to any determinations required to be made by the
Servicer hereunder or under the Indenture and such other information as is maintained by the Servicer that the Trustee may from
time to time request with respect to the Collateral. Nothing herein shall obligate the Trustee to determine independently any characteristic
of a Loan, including without limitation whether any item of Collateral is a Co-Lender Loan, any such determination being based
exclusively upon notification the Trustee receives from the Servicer, and except as otherwise specifically set forth in any of
the Transaction Documents, nothing in this Article IX shall obligate the Trustee to review or examine any underlying instrument
or contract evidencing, governing or guaranteeing or securing any Loan in order to verify, confirm, audit or otherwise determine
any characteristic thereof.

 

    	85

    	 

    

 

(b)          In
performing its duties hereunder to provide the Monthly Reports and Quarterly Reports, the Trustee shall in no event have any liability
for the actions or omissions of the Servicer or any other Person, and shall have no liability for any inaccuracy or error in any
Monthly Report or Quarterly Report it distributes pursuant to Sections 9.01 and 9.02, except to the extent that such
inaccuracies or errors are caused by the Trustee’s own fraud, bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless
disregard of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall not be liable for failing to perform or delay in performance of its specified
duties hereunder that results from or is caused by a failure or delay on the part of the Servicer or another Person in furnishing
necessary, timely and accurate information to the Trustee or the Servicer or a review by the Independent Accountants of a Monthly
Report or a Quarterly Report.

 

Section
9.04.        Other Data; Obligor Financial Information.

 

(a)          Not
later than 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the Reference Date, the Servicer shall provide to the Trustee (in a format agreed to by
the Trustee and the Servicer) and the Backup Servicer such information (the “Tape”) the Servicer relied upon
to prepare the Monthly Report and Quarterly Report, as applicable, for such month. Each Tape shall include, but not be limited
to, the information set forth in Exhibit H-2 (in the case of Monthly Reports) and Exhibit H-1 (in the case of Quarterly
Reports). The Backup Servicer shall use such tape or diskette (or other electronic transmission acceptable
to the Trustee and the Backup Servicer) to (i) confirm that such tape, diskette or other electronic transmission is in readable
form, and (ii) calculate and confirm (A) the aggregate amount distributable as principal on the related Payment Date to the Notes,
(B) the aggregate amount distributable as interest on the related Payment Date to the Notes, (C) the outstanding principal amount
of the Notes after giving effect to all distributions made pursuant to clause (A), above, and (D) the aggregate amount of principal
and interest to be carried over on such Payment Date after giving effect to all distributions made pursuant to clauses (A) and
(B), above, respectively. The Backup Servicer shall certify to the Trustee that it has verified the Monthly Report or the Quarterly
Report in accordance with this Section and shall notify the Servicer and the Trustee of any discrepancies, in each case, on or
before the fifth Business Day following the related Payment Date. In the event that the Backup Servicer reports any discrepancies,
the Servicer and the Backup Servicer shall attempt to reconcile such discrepancies prior to the next succeeding Payment Date, but
in the absence of reconciliation, the Monthly Report or the Quarterly Report shall control for the purpose of calculations and
distributions with respect to the next succeeding Payment Date. In the event that the Backup Servicer and the Servicer are unable
to reconcile discrepancies with respect to a Monthly Report or Quarterly Report by the next succeeding Payment Date, the Servicer
shall cause the Independent Accountants, at the Servicer's expense, to perform agreed-upon procedures to the information within
the Tape in connection with such Monthly Report or the Quarterly Report and, prior to the last day of the month after the month
in which such Monthly Report or Quarterly Report was delivered, reconcile the discrepancies. The effect, if any, of such reconciliation
shall be reflected in the Monthly Report for such next succeeding Payment Date following the last date of the Collection Period.
In addition, upon the occurrence of a Servicer Default the Servicer shall deliver to the Backup Servicer or any successor Servicer
its files within 15 days after demand therefor and a computer tape containing as of the close of business on the date of demand
all of the data maintained by the Servicer in computer format in connection with servicing the Loans. Other than the duties specifically
set forth in this Agreement, the Backup Servicer shall have no obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, to supervise,
verify, monitor or administer the performance of the Servicer. The Backup Servicer shall have no liability for any actions taken
or omitted by the Servicer.

 

    	86

    	 

    

 

(b)          In
addition, the Servicer shall, upon the request of the Trustee or any Rating Agency, furnish the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the
Issuer or Rating Agency, as the case may be, such underlying data in the possession of the Servicer used to generate a Monthly
Report or Quarterly Report as may be reasonably requested. The initial Servicer will also forward to the Trustee and the Rating
Agency (i) within 60 days after each calendar quarter (except the fourth calendar quarter), commencing with the quarter
ending September 30, 2013, the unaudited quarterly financial statements of the Servicer and (ii) within 120 days after
each fiscal year of the initial Servicer, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, the audited annual financial
statements of the Servicer; provided that so long as the Servicer is required under the Securities Act to file its financial
statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the foregoing requirement to provide such financial statements to the Trustee,
the Issuer, the Backup Servicer, the Rating Agency and the Initial Purchaser shall not apply.

 

(c)          [Reserved].

 

(d)          [Reserved].

 

(e)          The
Servicer will forward to the Rating Agency promptly upon request any additional financial information in the Servicer’s possession
or reasonably obtainable by the Servicer as the Rating Agency shall reasonably request with respect to an Obligor as to which any
Scheduled Payment is past due for at least ten (10) days.

 

    	87

    	 

    

 

 

Section
9.05.         Annual Report of Accountants.

 

The initial Servicer
shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent certified public accountants (the “Independent
Accountants”), who may also render other services to the Servicer or its Affiliates, to deliver to the Servicer
and the Trustee, upon signature of an acknowledgment letter, on or before March 31st of each year, beginning on March
31, 2014, a report addressed to the Servicer and the Trustee indicating that the Independent Accountants have performed certain
procedures as agreed by the Servicer and the Trustee. As a part of such review, the Independent Accountants will obtain the Monthly
Report with respect to two (2) Collection Periods during the 12 months ended the immediately preceding December 31 and, for each
such Monthly Report, the Independent Accountants will reconcile certain amounts in the Monthly Report to the Servicer’s computer,
accounting and other reports. The Independent Accountants will include in such report any unreconciled amounts in such records
that are not in agreement with the amounts in the Quarterly Reports. In the event the Independent Accountants require the Trustee
to agree to the procedures performed by the Independent Accountants, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing to so agree;
it being understood and agreed that the Trustee will deliver such letter of agreement in conclusive reliance upon the direction
of the Servicer, and the Trustee will not make any independent inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation or
liability in respect of, the sufficiency, validity or correctness of such procedures. On or about April 30th of each
year, beginning on April 30, 2014, the Servicer will deliver to the Rating Agency an attestation that the foregoing review by the
Independent Accountants has been completed without exceptions or, if exceptions have been identified in such review, the Servicer
shall include a statement setting forth its proposed actions to correct such exceptions in a timely manner. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall have no responsibility to make any inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have
no obligation in respect of, the terms of any engagement of the Independent Accountants by the Servicer or the terms of any agreed
upon procedures in respect of such engagement; provided, however that the Trustee shall be authorized, at direction
of the Servicer, to execute any acknowledgement or other agreement with the Independent Accountants required for the Trustee to
receive any of the reports or instructions provided for herein, which acknowledgement or agreement may include, among other things,
(i) acknowledgement that the Servicer has agreed that the procedures to be performed by the Independent Accountants are sufficient
for the purposes of this Section 9.05, (ii) releases by the Trustee (on behalf of itself and the Holders) of claims against the
Independent Accountants and acknowledgement of other limitations of liability in favor of the Independent Accountants, and (iii)
restrictions or prohibitions on the disclosure of information or documents provided to it by such firm of Independent Accountants
(including to the Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Trustee be required to execute any agreement in
respect of the Independent Accountants that the Trustee reasonably determines adversely affects it. The Independent Accountants’
report shall also indicate that the firm is independent of the Servicer within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. If the Backup Servicer becomes the Successor Servicer it shall be entitled
to reimbursement (as Administrative Expenses) for its expenses incurred in connection with this Section 9.05.

 

Section
9.06.         Statements of Compliance from Servicer.
The Servicer will deliver to the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Owner Trustee within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year
commencing with the year ending December 31, 2013, an Officer’s Certificate stating that (a) the Servicer has fully complied
in all material respects with certain provisions of the Agreement relating to servicing of the Loans and payments on the Notes,
(b) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the prior calendar year and of its performance under this Agreement was made
under the supervision of the officer signing such certificate and (c) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, based on such
review, the Servicer has fully performed or caused to be performed in all material respects all its obligations under this Agreement
for such year, or, if there has been a Servicer Default or default in any of its obligations which, with notice or passage of time,
could become a Servicer Default, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature and status thereof including
the steps being taken by the Servicer to remedy such event.

 

Section
9.07.         [Reserved].

 

    	88

    	 

    

  

Section
9.08.         Notices of Event of Default, Servicer Default or Rapid Amortization
Event.

 

Promptly upon a Responsible
Officer of the Servicer becoming aware thereof, the Servicer shall furnish to the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Rating Agencies
notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Servicer Default or of any situation which the Servicer reasonably expects
to develop into an Event of Default or Servicer Default. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Servicer becoming aware thereof,
the Servicer shall furnish to the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Rating Agencies notice of the occurrence of any Rapid Amortization
Event.

 

Section
9.09.         Trustee’s Right to Examine Servicer Records, Audit Operations
and Deliver Information to Noteholders.

 

The Trustee shall have
the right upon reasonable prior notice, during normal business hours, in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the
Servicer’s normal operations or customer or employee relations, no more often than once a year unless an Event of Default
or Servicer Default shall have occurred and be continuing in which case as often as reasonably required, to examine and audit any
and all of the books, records or other information of the Servicer, whether held by the Servicer or by another on behalf of the
Servicer, which may be relevant to the performance or observance by the Servicer of the terms, covenants or conditions of this
Agreement. No amounts payable in respect of the foregoing shall be paid from the Loan Assets except that after an Event of Default,
fees and expenses of the Trustee not paid by the Servicer shall be reimbursed to the Trustee as an Administrative Expense.

 

The Trustee shall have
the right, in accordance with the Indenture, to deliver information provided by the Servicer to any Noteholder requesting the same;
provided that the Servicer may request that any such Noteholder not a party hereto enter into a confidentiality agreement
reasonably acceptable to the Servicer prior to permitting such Noteholder to view such information.

 

ARTICLE
10.

TERMINATION

 

Section
10.01.         Optional Redemption of Notes; Rights of Certificateholders
Following Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

 

    	89

    	 

    

 

 

(a)          Optional
Redemption.

 

(i)          If,
as of the last day of any Collection Period, the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance shall be less than or equal to 10% of
the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance as of the Closing Date, the Notes may be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at the
direction of the Trust Depositor on any succeeding Payment Date. To exercise such option, the Trust Depositor shall furnish notice
of such election to the Rating Agency and the Noteholders. If the Notes are to be so redeemed, the Trust Depositor shall also furnish
notice of such election to the Trustee at least 15 Business Days prior to the proposed Redemption Date. To effect an Optional Redemption,
the Trust Depositor shall deposit in the Distribution Account an amount equal to the Redemption Price and shall comply with the
Optional Redemption provisions set forth in Section 10.01 and Section 10.04 of the Indenture.

 

(ii)         Notice
of an Optional Redemption shall be provided by the Trust Depositor to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Rating Agencies in
accordance with the Indenture.

 

(b)          [Reserved].

 

(c)          Following
the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, the payment in full of the principal of and interest on the Notes, and payment
of fees and expenses and other amounts owing to Trustee, the Certificateholders will succeed to the rights of the Noteholders hereunder.

 

Section
10.02.      Termination.

 

(a)          This
Agreement shall terminate upon notice to the Trustee of the earlier of the following events: (i) the final payment on or the disposition
or other liquidation by the Issuer of the last Loan (including, without limitation, in connection with a redemption by the Issuer
of all outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 10.01) or the disposition of all other Collateral, including property acquired
upon foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure of any Loan and the remittance of all funds due thereunder with respect thereto,
(ii) mutual written consent of the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Depositor, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Seller and
all Outstanding Securityholders or (iii) the payment in full of all amounts owing in respect of the Notes.

 

(b)          Notice
of any termination, specifying the Payment Date upon which the Issuer will terminate and that the Noteholders shall surrender their
Notes to the Trustee for payment of the final distribution and cancellation shall be given promptly by the Servicer to the Trustee
and by the Trustee to all Noteholders and the Rating Agencies during the month of such final distribution before the Reference
Date in such month, specifying (i) the Payment Date upon which final payment of the Notes (or Redemption Price) will be made upon
presentation and surrender of Notes at the office of the Trustee therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment
and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Payment Date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation
and surrender of the Notes at the office of the Trustee therein specified.

 

    	90

    	 

    

 

ARTICLE
11.

REMEDIES UPON MISREPRESENTATION;

REPURCHASE OPTION

 

Section
11.01.         Repurchases of, or Substitution for, Loans for Breach of
Representations and Warranties.

 

Upon a discovery by a Responsible Officer
of the Trust Depositor, a Responsible Officer of the Servicer or any subservicer, a Responsible Officer of the Backup Servicer
or a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of a breach of a representation or warranty as set forth in Section 3.01, Section 3.02,
or Section 3.04 or as made or deemed made in any notice relating to Substitute Loans, as applicable, that materially and adversely
affects the interests of the Securityholders (each such Loan with respect to which such breach exists, an “Ineligible Loan”),
the party discovering such breach or failure shall give prompt written notice to the other parties to this Agreement; provided
that neither the Trustee nor the Backup Servicer shall have a duty or obligation (i) to discover or make an attempt to discover,
inquire about or investigate the breach of any of such representations or warranties or (ii) to determine if such breach materially
and adversely affects the interests of the Securityholders. Within 30 days of the earlier of (x) its discovery or (y) its receipt
of notice of any breach of a representation or warranty, the Trust Depositor shall, or shall require the Seller pursuant to the
Sale and Contribution Agreement to, and the Seller shall, (a) promptly cure such breach in all material respects, (b) repurchase
each such Ineligible Loan by depositing in the Lockbox Account, for further credit to the Collection Account, within such 30 day
period, an amount equal to the Transfer Deposit Amount for such Ineligible Loan, or (c) remove such Loan from the Collateral, deposit
the Transfer Deposit Amount with respect to such Loan into the Lockbox Account, for further credit to the Collection Account, and,
not later than the date a repurchase of such affected Loan would be required hereunder, effect a substitution for such affected
Loan with a Substitute Loan in accordance with the substitution requirements set forth in Sections 2.04 and 2.06.

 

Section
11.02.         Reassignment of Repurchased or Substituted Loans.

 

Upon receipt by the
Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account of the amounts described in Section 11.01
(or upon the Substitute Loan Cutoff Date related to a Substitute Loan described in Section 11.01),
and upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
F, the Trustee and the Issuer shall assign to the Trust Depositor and the Trust Depositor shall assign to the Seller
all of the Trustee’s and the Issuer’s (or Trust Depositor’s, as applicable) right, title and interest in the
Loans being repurchased or substituted for the related Loan Assets without recourse, representation or warranty. Such reassigned
Loan shall no longer thereafter be included in any calculations of Outstanding Loan Balances required to be made hereunder or otherwise
be deemed a part of the Collateral.

 

    	91

    	 

    

 

ARTICLE
12.

INDEMNITIES

 

Section
12.01.         Indemnification by Servicer.

 

The initial Servicer
agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity), the Custodian (as such and
in its individual capacity), the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity), the Backup Servicer (as such, in its individual
capacity and in its capacity as Successor Servicer) and any Successor Servicer (as such and in its individual capacity) and each
of their officers, directors, employees and agents for and from and against any and all claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures,
judgments (provided that any indemnification for damages is limited to actual damages, not consequential, special or punitive damages),
reasonable legal fees and related costs and any other reasonable costs, fees and expenses that such Person may sustain as a result
of the Servicer’s fraud or the failure of the Servicer to perform its duties and service the Loans in compliance in all material
respects with the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent arising from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the
Person claiming indemnification. Any Person seeking indemnification hereunder shall promptly notify the Servicer if such Person
receives a complaint, claim, compulsory process or other notice of any loss, claim, damage or liability giving rise to a claim
of indemnification hereunder but failure to provide such notice shall not relieve the Servicer of its indemnification obligations
hereunder unless the Servicer is deprived of material substantive or procedural rights or defenses as a result thereof. The Servicer
shall assume (with the consent of the indemnified party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) the defense and any settlement
of any such claim and pay all expenses in connection therewith, including reasonable counsel fees, and promptly pay, discharge
and satisfy any judgment or decree which may be entered against the indemnified party in respect of such claim. If the consent
of the indemnified party required in the immediately preceding sentence is unreasonably withheld, the Servicer shall be relieved
of its indemnification obligations hereunder with respect to such Person. The parties agree that the provisions of this Section
12.01 shall not be interpreted to provide recourse to the Servicer against loss by reason of the bankruptcy, insolvency or
lack of creditworthiness of an Obligor with respect to a Loan. The Servicer shall have no liability for making indemnification
hereunder to the extent any such indemnification constitutes recourse for uncollectible or uncollected Loans.

 

    	92

    	 

    

 

 

Section
12.02.        Indemnification by Trust Depositor.

 

The Trust Depositor
agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity), the Custodian (as such and in its individual
capacity), the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity), the Backup Servicer (as such, in its individual capacity
and in its capacity as Successor Servicer), any Successor Servicer (as such and in its individual capacity) and each of their officers,
directors, employees and agents and each Securityholder harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, penalties, fines,
forfeitures, reasonable legal fees and related costs, judgments (provided that any indemnification for damages is limited
to actual damages, not consequential, special or punitive damages), and any other reasonable costs, fees and expenses that such
Person may sustain as a result of the Trust Depositor’s fraud or the failure of the Trust Depositor to perform its duties
in compliance in all material respects with the terms of this Agreement and in the best interests of the Issuer, except to the
extent arising from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Person claiming indemnification. Any Person seeking
indemnification hereunder shall promptly notify the Trust Depositor if such Person receives a complaint, claim, compulsory process
or other notice of any loss, claim, damage or liability giving rise to a claim of indemnification hereunder but failure to provide
such notice shall not relieve the Trust Depositor of its indemnification obligations hereunder unless the Trust Depositor is deprived
of material substantive or procedural rights or defenses as a result thereof. The Trust Depositor shall assume (with the consent
of the indemnified party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) the defense and any settlement of any such claim and pay
all expenses in connection therewith, including reasonable counsel fees, and promptly pay, discharge and satisfy any judgment or
decree which may be entered against the indemnified party in respect of such claim. If the consent of the indemnified party required
in the immediately preceding sentence is unreasonably withheld, the Trust Depositor is relieved of its indemnification obligations
hereunder with respect to such Person.

 

Section
12.03.        Survival.

 

The indemnities provided
in this Article 12 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Agreement or earlier resignation or removal of the indemnitee.

 

ARTICLE
13.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section
13.01.       Amendment.

 

(a)          This
Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Issuer, the Trust Depositor, the Seller, the Servicer, and the Trustee by written
agreement, with notice to the Owner Trustee but without the consent of any Securityholder, to (i) cure any ambiguity or to correct
or supplement any provisions herein that may be inconsistent with any other provisions in this Agreement or in the Offering Memorandum,
(ii) comply with any changes in the Code, USA PATRIOT Act, or U.S. securities laws (including the regulations implementing such
laws), (iii) evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer, a Successor Servicer or a successor Trustee, and the assumption
by any such successor of the applicable covenants therein, (iv) add to the covenants of any party hereto for the benefit of the
Securityholders, (v) amend any provision to this Agreement to reflect any written change to the guidelines, methodology or standards
established by any Rating Agency that are applicable to this Agreement, (vi) modify Exhibit G, or (vii) add any new provisions
with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement;
provided that no such amendment shall materially and adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder. Notice of any proposed
amendment must be sent to all Securityholders at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the execution of such amendment. Any amendment
shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder if the Person requesting such amendment
obtains an Opinion of Counsel addressed to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee to that effect.

 

    	93

    	 

    

 

(b)          Except
as provided in Section 13.01(a) hereof, this Agreement may be amended from time to time
by the Issuer, the Trust Depositor, the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee, with the consent of 66 2/3% of the Noteholders and
with notice to the Owner Trustee, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders; provided that (i) no such
amendment shall, without the consent of each Noteholder that may be adversely affected, reduce the percentage of the principal
balance of the Notes that is required to consent to any amendment to this Agreement and (ii) no such amendment shall increase or
reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, or change the allocation or priority of, collections
of payments on or in respect of the Loans or distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or change
the interest rate applicable to the Notes, without the consent of all adversely affected Noteholders.

 

(c)          Promptly
after the execution of any such amendment or consent, written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent shall
be furnished by the Trustee to the Noteholders and by the Issuer to the Certificateholders. It shall not be necessary for the consent
of any Securityholders required pursuant to Section 13.01(b) to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents
and of evidencing the authorization by the Securityholders of the execution thereof shall be subject to such reasonable requirements
as the Trustee may prescribe for the Noteholders and as the Issuer may prescribe for the Certificateholders. Notwithstanding anything
contained herein, any amendment which affects the Owner Trustee, the Custodian or the Backup Servicer shall require the Owner Trustee’s,
the Custodian’s or the Backup Servicer’s, as applicable, written consent. Any amendment shall be accompanied by an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel addressed to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee to the effect that such amendment
is permitted hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, has been duly authorized by all necessary action, and all conditions
precedent to such amendment have been satisfied.

 

Section
13.02.       [Reserved].

 

Section
13.03.       Governing Law.

 

(a)          THIS
AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT
OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS,
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES UNDER THE AGREEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

    	94

    	 

    

 

(b)          EACH
PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT
OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO (I) CERTIFIES
THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD
NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO
HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION
13.03(b).

 

Section
13.04.       Notices.

 

All notices, demands,
certificates, requests and communications hereunder (“notices”) shall be in writing and shall be effective (a)
upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such
receipt to be effective the date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, or (b) one Business Day after delivery to an overnight
courier, or (c) on the date personally delivered to a Responsible Officer of the party to which sent, or (d) on the date transmitted
by legible telecopier with a confirmation of receipt, in all cases addressed to the recipient as follows:

 

		(a)	if to the Servicer or the Seller:

Horizon Technology Finance Corporation

312 Farmington Avenue,

Farmington, Connecticut 06032

Attention: Legal Department

Re: Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

Telephone: (860) 676-8654

Facsimile No.: 860-676-8655

Email: jay@horizontechfinance.com

 

with a copy to:

 

		(b)	Horizon Technology Finance Corporation

312 Farmington Avenue,

Farmington, Connecticut 06032

Attention: Legal Department

Re: Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

Telephone: (860) 676-8654

Facsimile No.: 860-676-8655

Email: jay@horizontechfinance.com

 

    	95

    	 

    

 

		(c)	if to the Trust Depositor:

Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC

c/o Horizon Technology Finance Corporation

312 Farmington Avenue,

Farmington, Connecticut 06032

Attention: Legal Department

Re: Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

Telephone: (860) 676-8654

Facsimile No.: 860-676-8655

Email: jay@horizontechfinance.com

 

with a copy to:

Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC

c/o Horizon Technology Finance Corporation

312 Farmington Avenue,

Farmington, Connecticut 06032

Attention: Legal Department

Re: Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

Telephone: (860) 676-8654

Facsimile No.: 860-676-8655

Email: jay@horizontechfinance.com

 

		(d)	if to the Trustee:

U.S. Bank National Association

190 S. LaSalle Street, 7th Floor

Chicago, IL 60603

Attention: Horizon Funding Trust
2013-1

Tel: 312-332-7496

Fax: 312-332-7996

		(e)	if to the Backup Servicer:

U.S. Bank National Association

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, MN 55107

Attention: Deborah Jones Franco

Facsimile No.: (651) 466-7365

Telephone: (651) 466-5032

 

    	96

    	 

    

 

		(f)	if to the Custodian with respect to Loan Files

U.S. Bank National Association

1133 Ronkin Street, Suite 100

St. Paul, MN 55116

Attention: Delma Carlson

E-mail: delma.carlson@usbank.com

Telephone: 651-695-5902

Facsimile: 651-695-6102

Ref: Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

 

		(g)	if to the Owner Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Facsimile No.: (302) 636-4140

with a copy to:

the Seller and the Servicer as provided in clause (a) above

 

		(h)	if to the Issuer:

Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Facsimile No.: (302) 636-4140

with a copy to:

the Seller and the Servicer as provided in clause (a) above

 

		(i)	if to the Rating Agency:

Moody’s Investors Service

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10007

Email: servicerreports@moodys.com

 

    	97

    	 

    

 

		(j)	if to the Initial Purchaser:

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

135 East 57th St, 7th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Chief Operating Officer / General Counsel

Re: Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

Facsimile No.: (646) 786-4931

 

Each party hereto may,
by notice given in accordance herewith to each of the other parties hereto, designate any further or different address to which
subsequent notices shall be sent.

 

Section
13.05.         Severability of Provisions.

 

If one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatsoever prohibited or held invalid or unenforceable,
then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions
or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement,
the Notes or Certificates or the rights of the Securityholders, and any such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability in any
jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section
13.06.         Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

The Owner Trustee is
an express third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and, as such, shall have full power and authority to enforce the provisions
of this Agreement against the parties hereto. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the parties hereto hereby manifest
their intent that no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and specifically that the Obligors
are not third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

 

Section
13.07.         Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may
be executed by facsimile signature and in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section
13.08.         Headings.

 

The headings of the
various Articles and Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions
hereof.

 

    	98

    	 

    

 

 

Section
13.09.      No Bankruptcy Petition; Disclaimer.

 

(a)          Each
of the Seller, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Issuer acting through the Owner Trustee and each Holder (by acceptance of the applicable
Securities) covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day (or, if longer, the then applicable preference
period and one day) after the payment in full of all amounts owing in respect of all outstanding Notes, it will not institute against
the Trust Depositor or the Issuer, or join any other Person in instituting against the Trust Depositor or the Issuer, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceedings under the laws of the United States
or any state of the United States; provided that nothing herein shall prohibit the Trustee from filing proofs of claim or
otherwise participating in any such proceedings instituted by any other Person.

 

(b)          The
Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the Certificates represent ownership of a beneficial interest in the Issuer and Loan Assets
only and the Securities do not represent an interest in any assets (other than the Loan Assets) of the Trust Depositor (including
by virtue of any deficiency claim in respect of obligations not paid or otherwise satisfied from the Loan Assets, other Collateral
and proceeds thereof).

 

(c)          The
provisions of this Section 13.09 shall be for the third party benefit of those entitled to rely thereon, including the Securityholders,
and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section
13.10.      Jurisdiction.

 

Any legal action or
proceeding with respect to this Agreement may be brought in the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York,
and by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto consents, for itself and in respect of its property, to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of those courts. Each such party irrevocably waives any objection, including any objection to the laying
of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any action
or proceeding in such jurisdiction in respect of this Agreement or any document related hereto.

 

Section
13.11.      Tax Characterization.

 

Notwithstanding the
provisions of Section 2.01 and Section 2.04 hereof,
the Trust Depositor and the Issuer agree that, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3(b)(1) and for federal, state
and local income tax purposes, in the event that the Certificates are owned by more than one Holder, the Issuer will be treated
as a partnership the partners of which are the Certificateholders, and in the event that the Certificates are owned by a single
Holder, the Issuer will be disregarded as an entity separate from such Holder.

 

Section
13.12.      [Reserved].

 

    	99

    	 

    

 

 

Section
13.13.         Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee.

 

It is expressly understood
and agreed by the parties hereto that (i) this Agreement is executed and delivered by Wilmington Trust, National Association, not
individually or personally but solely as Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer under the Trust Agreement, in the exercise of the
powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (ii) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the
part of the Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by Wilmington Trust, National
Association but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (iii) nothing herein contained shall be construed
as creating any liability on Wilmington Trust, National Association individually or personally, to perform any covenant either
expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties to this Agreement and
by any person claiming by, through or under them and (iv) under no circumstances shall Wilmington Trust, National Association be
personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation,
representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaking by the Issuer under this Agreement or any related documents. For the purposes
of this Agreement, in the performance of its duties or obligations hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled
to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

 

Section
13.14.         [Reserved].

 

Section
13.15.         No Partnership.

 

Nothing herein contained
shall be deemed or construed to create a co-partnership or joint venture between the parties hereto, and the services of the Servicer
shall be rendered as an independent contractor and not as agent or as a fiduciary for any party hereto or for the Securityholders.

 

Section
13.16.         Successors and Assigns.

 

This Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section
13.17.         Acts of Holders.

 

Except as otherwise
specifically provided herein, whenever Holder action, consent or approval is required under this Agreement or any other Transaction
Document, such action, consent or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or given on behalf of, and shall be binding upon,
all Holders if the Majority Noteholders agree to take such action or give such consent or approval. In all cases except where otherwise
required by law or regulation, any act by a Holder of a Note may be taken by the Beneficial Owner of such Note.

 

Section
13.18.         Duration of Agreement.

 

This Agreement shall
continue in existence and effect until terminated as herein provided.

 

    	100

    	 

    

 

Section
13.19.         Limited Recourse.

 

Notwithstanding any
other provisions of the Notes, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes,
this Agreement and any other Transaction Document are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Collateral
in accordance with the Priority of Payments and, following realization of the Collateral and distribution in accordance with the
Priority of Payments, any claims of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, and any other parties to any Transaction Document
shall be extinguished. The obligations of the Trust Depositor, the Seller, the Issuer and the Servicer under this Agreement and
the other Transaction Documents are solely the obligations of the Trust Depositor, the Seller, the Issuer and the Servicer, respectively.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing by the Trust Depositor, the Seller, the Issuer or the Servicer or
otherwise under this Agreement or under the other Transaction Documents or for the payment by the Trust Depositor, the Seller,
the Issuer or the Servicer of any fee in respect hereof or thereof or any other obligation or claim of or against the Trust Depositor,
the Seller, the Issuer or the Servicer arising out of or based upon this Agreement or on any other Transaction Document, against
any Affiliate, shareholder, partner, manager, member, director, officer, employee, representative or agent of the Trust Depositor,
the Seller, the Issuer or the Servicer or of any Affiliate of such Person. The provisions of this Section
13.19 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

Section
13.20.         Confidentiality.

 

Each of the Issuer,
the Trust Depositor, the Servicer (if other than Horizon) and the Trustee shall maintain and shall cause each of its employees,
officers, agents and Affiliates to maintain the confidentiality of material non-public information concerning Horizon and its Affiliates
or about the Obligors obtained by it or them in connection with the structuring, negotiating, execution and performance of the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except that each such party and its employees, officers, agents and Affiliates
may disclose such information to other parties to the Transaction Documents and to its external accountants, attorneys, any potential
subservicers and the agents of such Persons provided such Persons expressly agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information,
and as required by an applicable law or order of any judicial or administrative proceeding. This Section 13.20 shall constitute
a confidentiality agreement for purposes of Regulation FD under the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the Servicer shall not be required to disclose any confidential information it is restricted from disclosing by law or contract;
provided that the Servicer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to enter into, or cause the Issuer to enter into,
a confidentiality agreement permitting such disclosure satisfactory to the Servicer with any Person to whom such information is
required to be delivered.

 

    	101

    	 

    

  

Section
13.21.         Non-Confidentiality of Tax Treatment.

 

All parties hereto
agree that each of them and each of their managers, officers, employees, representatives, and other agents may disclose to any
and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any
kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to any of them relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.
“Tax treatment” and “tax structure” shall have the same meaning as such terms have for purposes of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.6011-4.

 

[Remainder of Page
Intentionally Left Blank]

 

    	102

    	 

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
written.

 

	 	HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1, as the Issuer
	 	 	 
	 	By:	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Yvette L. Howell
	 	Name:	Yvette L. Howell
	 	Title:	Assistant Vice President
	 	 	 
	 	HORIZON FUNDING 2013-1 LLC, as the Trust Depositor
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
	 	Name:	 Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
	 	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
	 	 	 
	 	HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, as the Seller and as the Servicer
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
	 	Name:	Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
	 	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signatures Continued
on the Following Page]

 

Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

Sale and Servicing Agreement

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
written.

 

	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but as the Trustee, Backup Servicer, Custodian and Securities Intermediary
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 /s/ Melissa A. Rosal
	 	Name:	Melissa A. Rosal
	 	Title:	 Vice President

 

Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1

Sale and Servicing Agreement

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00219-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00219-of-00352.parquet"}]]